Digital PDFs

AA-PSVFL-TE

November 2005

236 pages

Original

1.0MB

Document:	HP DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS User's Guide
Order Number:	AA-PSVFL-TE
Revision:	0
Pages:	236
Original Filename:	DCPS025_UGUIDE.PDF

OCR Text

HP DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for
OpenVMS
User’s Guide
Order Number: AA–PSVFL–TE

November 2005
This guide describes how to use the DECprint Supervisor software to print
files and select DCPS and printer features.

Revision/Update Information:

This manual supersedes the DCPS User’s
Guide V2.4.

Software Version:

HP DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for
OpenVMS, Version 2.5

Operating System:

OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2, 7.3-2, or 8.2
OpenVMS I64 Version 8.2 or 8.2-1
OpenVMS VAX Version 5.5-2, 6.2, or 7.3

Hewlett-Packard Company
Palo Alto, California

© Copyright 2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
Confidential computer software. Valid license from HP required for possession, use or copying.
Consistent with FAR 12.211 and 12.212, Commercial Computer Software, Computer Software
Documentation, and Technical Data for Commercial Items are licensed to the U.S. Government
under vendor’s standard commercial license.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties
for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying
such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional
warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
Adobe, Adobe PostScript 3 and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Intel and Itanium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its
subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.
Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
Printed in the U.S.
The DECprint Supervisor documentation set is available on CD-ROM.

Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xiii

1 Printing Files
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting a Data Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing Two-Sided Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying Landscape and Portrait Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying Multiple Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the Sheet . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing a Range of Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delays in Deleting an Entry or Stopping a Queue . . . . . . . . . . . .
File Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1–1
1–2
1–2
1–3
1–4
1–5
1–7
1–8
1–8

2 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs
and Queues
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

Displaying Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying Print Queues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2–1
2–3
2–4
2–5

3 Specifying Input and Output Trays
3.1
Selecting the Input Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1
Specifying the Type of Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1.1
Selecting by Page and Sheet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1.2
Selecting by Media Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2
Selecting Manual Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3
Using the Envelope Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2
Selecting the Output Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1
Manually Selecting Output Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3–1
3–2
3–2
3–2
3–4
3–4
3–5
3–5

iii

4 Printing PostScript Files
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.7.1
4.7.2

Printing Jobs with Multiple PostScript Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing Files that Contain Text and PostScript . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing Files Created on Other Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Printer-Specific PostScript Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Portable PostScript Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resolving Unrecognized PostScript Operator Errors . . . . . . . . . .
Using Example Files to Suppress PostScript Operators . . . . . . . .
Suppressing PostScript Operators on Desktop Printers . . . . .
Suppressing PostScript Operators on PrintServer
Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4–1
4–1
4–1
4–3
4–3
4–3
4–4
4–4
4–4

5 Printing ANSI Files
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8

Printing Multiple ANSI Files in a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emulating ANSI Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processing Tabs in ANSI Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emulating Printer Font Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using PostScript Operators to Change Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using ANSI Sequences to Print Duplex or Simplex . . . . . . . . . . .
The LIST Data Type and Translator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing the Euro Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5–1
5–1
5–2
5–3
5–4
5–5
5–5
5–6

6 Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter
6.1
6.2

Improvements to Image Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples of Printing Image Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6–1
6–2

7 Printing PCL Files
7.1
How PCL Files Are Printed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2
Processing Files in Native PCL Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.1
PRINT Parameters that Prevent Native PCL Usage . . . . . .
7.3
Processing Files with the PCL Translator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.1
Using Print Parameters to Modify PCL Print Jobs . . . . . . . .
7.3.1.1
Using the PAGE_SIZE Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.1.2
Print Parameters Ignored for Native PCL . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2
Using Escape Sequences to Modify PCL Print Jobs . . . . . . . .
7.3.3
Using a Setup Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.4
How the PCL Translator Differs from that in the LaserJet
IID Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4
Changing the Input Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7–1
7–2
7–3
7–3
7–4
7–4
7–5
7–5
7–7
7–7
7–8

7.5
Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . .
7.5.1
Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Setup Modules . . . .
7.5.2
Including Font and Macro Files in PCL Print Jobs . . . . . . . .
7.6
PC Driver Settings to Avoid Problems with PJL and TBCP . . . . .
7.6.1
Description of PJL and TBCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.2
Steps to Prevent Problems with DECprint Supervisor . . . . . .
7.6.2.1
Preventing Problems with PostScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.2.2
Problems with PCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7
Interaction Between Native PCL Printing and Automatic
DATA_TYPE Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.8
Native PCL Mode Concatenates Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7–9
7–10
7–10
7–10
7–11
7–11
7–11
7–11
7–12
7–13

8 Printing Proprinter Files
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.3.1
8.4
8.4.1
8.4.2
8.5
8.6

Proprinter Translator Versus the Proprinter Printer . . . . . . . . . .
How DECprint Supervisor Recognizes Proprinter Files . . . . . . . .
Modifying the Default State of the Proprinter Translator . . . . . .
Creating a Setup Module for Proprinter Commands . . . . . . .
Changing the Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proprinter Files That Do Not Fit on the Page . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying the Page Size for Proprinter Print Jobs . . . . . . . .
Specifying the Input Tray for Proprinter Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . .
Including Soft Fonts in Proprinter Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8–1
8–2
8–2
8–5
8–6
8–8
8–10
8–11
8–11

9 Using the List Data Type
9.1
9.2

Using the List Data Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using OpenVMS Forms with the List Data Type . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9–3
9–3

10 Using Advanced Page Layouts
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.5.1
10.5.2
10.5.3
10.6
10.6.1
10.6.2

Printing Two-Sided Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying Landscape and Tumble Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying Multiple PostScript Files in Duplex Print Jobs . . . . . .
Specifying the Physical Sheet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the Sheet . . . . . . . . . . .
Using NUMBER_UP with Input Tray Selection
Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using NUMBER_UP with Page Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using NUMBER_UP with Multiple Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing a Range of Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using PAGE_LIMIT with Multiple Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restarting Interrupted Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10–1
10–3
10–6
10–6
10–7
10–7
10–9
10–11
10–11
10–12
10–12

10.6.3
Using PAGE_LIMIT on Two-Sided Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.7
Specifying the Logical Page Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.8
Changing the Size of the Printed Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.8.1
Automatic Scaling When Queue Has PAGE_SIZE and
SHEET_SIZE Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10–13
10–13
10–14
10–14

11 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents
11.1
Specifying Layup Options in Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.1
Specifying Layup in the Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.2
Specifying Margin Alternation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.3
Specifying and Omitting Borders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.4
Specifying the First Page Spot to Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.5
Specifying the Page Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.6
Specifying Sheet Margins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.7
Specifying the Order of Page Spots to Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.8
Specifying the Number of Pages to Print on Each Side of a
Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2
Creating Layup Definition Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.1
Sample Layup Definition Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3
Layup Error Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11–1
11–1
11–3
11–4
11–7
11–9
11–10
11–12
11–14
11–14
11–15
11–16

12 Using Forms in Your PRINT Command
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.4

Finding Forms on Your System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Forms with ANSI Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Forms with All Types of Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Forms that Invoke Setup Modules (/SETUP) . . . . . . . .
Using Forms that Specify the Paper Stock (/STOCK) . . . . . .
Using the Default Form Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12–1
12–2
12–3
12–3
12–3
12–4

13 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs
13.1
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.3
13.4
13.5

What Is a Setup Module? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locating Setup Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locating Custom Setup Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the Contents of a Setup Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating a Setup Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying DECimage Parameters with Setup Modules . . . . . . . .
Resolution Setup Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13–1
13–1
13–2
13–2
13–3
13–3
13–5

14 Controlling File Separation Pages
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4

Controlling File Separation Pages for All Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controlling File Separation Pages for Individual Files . . . . . . . .
Displaying the Default Separation Pages for a Queue . . . . . . . .
Job Log and Trailer Pages Sent to Default Tray On Error . . . . .

14–1
14–2
14–2
14–2

15 Selecting Finishing Options
15.1
Punching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.1
PUNCH DCL Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2
Stapling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2.1
STAPLE DCL Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2.2
Stapling Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2.3
Output Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2.4
Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2.5
Stapling Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15–1
15–1
15–2
15–2
15–3
15–4
15–4
15–4

16 Using the Error Handler to Debug
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6

Including the Error Handler in a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How the Error Handler Affects the PostScript Environment . . . .
Error Handler Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Error Handler Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PostScript Data Output Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Determining Where the Error Occurred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16–1
16–1
16–2
16–3
16–4
16–5

17 Solving Printing Problems
17.1
Displaying and Saving Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2
Interpreting Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.1
PostScript Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.2
DECprint Supervisor Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.3
Solving PrintServer Software Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.4
Problems with Files Generated on a PC or Macintosh
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.3
Getting Help On Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17–1
17–2
17–2
17–3
17–3
17–3
17–3

vii

18 Printer-Specific Information
18.1
DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000+ Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.1.1
Requests for Unloaded Sheet Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.1.2
INPUT_TRAY and PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZE Parameters
................................................
18.1.3
ANSI Translator Limits Output to 64 Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.2
DIGITAL DECcolorwriter 1000 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.2.1
Printer-Specific Setup Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.3
DIGITAL DEClaser 1152 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.3.1
Printer Hangs After Deleting Jobs When Using AppleTalk
................................................
18.4
DIGITAL DEClaser 3500 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.4.1
Printer-Specific Setup Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.4.1.1
Setup Modules for Resolution Enhancement . . . . . . . . . .
18.4.1.2
Setup Modules for Toner Saver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.4.1.3
Setup Modules for DECimage-Lite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.4.1.4
Setup Module Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.4.2
Using the FAX Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.5
DIGITAL DEClaser 5100 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.5.1
Printer-Specific Setup Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.5.2
Errors from PCL Jobs on the LocalTalk Port . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.6
DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.6.1
Extraneous USERDATA Messages Appear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.6.2
Choosing Input Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.6.3
Jobs with Errors May Not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.6.4
Jobs May Not Issue Failure Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.7
DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps and LN17+ps . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.7.1
Output May Be Clipped on the LN17ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.8
DIGITAL Laser Printer LN40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.8.1
Jogging and Collation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.9
Compaq and DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.9.1
Incorrect Sheet Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.10 HP 9085 MFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.10.1
Selecting Paper of Non-Default Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.11 HP LaserJet Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.11.1
Incomplete Printing of ANSI Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.12 HP LaserJet 4MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.12.1
Support for B5 Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.13 HP LaserJet 5SiMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.13.1
Support for B5 Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.13.2
Optional Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.14 HP Color LaserJet 2500, LaserJet 2100 and 2200 . . . . . . . . . . . .

viii

18–1
18–1
18–1
18–1
18–2
18–2
18–2
18–2
18–3
18–3
18–3
18–3
18–3
18–4
18–4
18–6
18–6
18–7
18–7
18–7
18–7
18–7
18–8
18–8
18–8
18–8
18–8
18–9
18–9
18–9
18–9
18–9
18–9
18–10
18–10
18–10
18–10
18–11
18–11

18.14.1
Media Size Not Selectable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.15 HP LaserJet 4200, 4300, 9000 and 9000 MFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.15.1
Stapling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.16 HP LaserJet 8000, 8100 and 8150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.16.1
Optional Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.17 Lexmark Optra Rt+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.17.1
Support for B5 Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.18 Lexmark Optra S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.18.1
Printing Otherenvelope and Universal Paper Sizes . . . . . . . .
18.19 Xerox Phaser 4500, 6250, 7300, 7750 and 8400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.19.1
Protocols Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.19.2
Media Type Selection Not Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18–11
18–11
18–11
18–12
18–12
18–12
18–12
18–12
18–12
18–12
18–12
18–12

A System Messages and Error Recovery
A.1
A.2
A.3

System Message Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Message Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layup Definition (BADLAYDEF) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A–1
A–3
A–41

B PRINT Command Qualifiers
C PRINT Command Parameters
C.1
C.2
C.3

PRINT Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax for PRINT Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order of Defaulting for Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C–1
C–3
C–3

D SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges
E Additional Character Encodings
E.1
E.2
E.3
E.4
E.5

Available Encoding Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples of Encoding Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Additional Encodings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Including the DECMCS Encoding Module in a Print Job . . . . . . .
Defining ISO Latin-1 for Third-Party Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

E–1
E–2
E–2
E–4
E–4

Glossary
Index
Examples
12–1
16–1
E–1

Including a Form in a PRINT Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample Error Handler Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining the DECMCS Encoding Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12–1
16–2
E–2

Two-Sided Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landscape Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing Four Pages to a Sheet (NUMBER_UP=4) . . . . . . . .
How DCPS Processes PCL Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proprinter Default Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proprinter Page on Two PostScript Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proprinter Page Too Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proprinter Page Adjusted to Fit PostScript Page . . . . . . . . . .
List Data Type Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landscape Orientation with Two-Sided Printing . . . . . . . . . .
Portrait Orientation with Two-Sided Tumble Printing . . . . . .
Landscape Orientation with Two-Sided Tumble Printing . . . .
Printing Four Pages to a Sheet (NUMBER_UP=4) . . . . . . . .
Portrait Orientation with NUMBER_UP=2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landscape Orientation with NUMBER_UP=2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUMBER_UP=4 Without Borders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUMBER_UP=4 With Borders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUMBER_UP=8 Without FIRSTPAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUMBER_UP=8 With FIRSTPAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Usable Sheet Area With MARGINS Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGEORDER Options (Landscape Orientation) . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGEORDER Options (Portrait Orientation) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effects of NUMBER_UP on Stapling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1–3
1–4
1–6
7–2
8–7
8–8
8–9
8–10
9–2
10–3
10–4
10–5
10–8
10–9
10–10
11–5
11–6
11–8
11–9
11–11
11–13
11–13
15–5

Figures
1–1
1–2
1–3
7–1
8–1
8–2
8–3
8–4
9–1
10–1
10–2
10–3
10–4
10–5
10–6
11–1
11–2
11–3
11–4
11–5
11–6
11–7
15–1

Tables
1
1–1
2–1
5–1
5–2
5–3
7–1
7–2
8–1
8–2
8–3
10–1
10–2
11–1
11–2
11–3
12–1
13–1
13–2
13–3
15–1
15–2
18–1
B–1
C–1
D–1
D–2

DECprint Supervisor Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Job Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANSI Print Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operators for Changing Input Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANSI Sequences for Printing Simplex or Duplex . . . . . . . . . .
PRINT Parameters that Emulate PCL Front Panel
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCL-to-PostScript Input Tray Command Mapping . . . . . . . . .
PRINT Parameters that Affect Proprinter Settings . . . . . . . .
Proprinter Print Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PostScript Operators for Changing Input Trays . . . . . . . . . . .
Values for SIDES Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet and Page Size Synonyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layup Definition File Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALTERNATE Option Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGEORDER Option Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEFINE /FORM Qualifiers for ANSI Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enabling and Disabling DECimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DECimage Setup Modules—Combined Parameters . . . . . . . .
DECimage Setup Modules—Individual Parameters . . . . . . . .
Stapling Positions and Paper Feed Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Trays Supported for Stapling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEClaser 5100 Printer Page Protection Setup Modules . . . . .
PRINT Command Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRINT Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Font Cartridge Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SoftFont Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xiv
1–8
2–2
5–2
5–5
5–5
7–4
7–9
8–3
8–4
8–11
10–2
10–7
11–2
11–3
11–12
12–2
13–4
13–4
13–5
15–3
15–4
18–6
B–1
C–2
D–1
D–2

Preface
Intended Audience
The information in this guide is intended for users at all levels of experience.
It contains step-by-step procedures for most printing tasks.

Document Structure
This manual contains the following chapters and appendices:
•

Chapter 1 explains how to print files.

•

Chapter 2 describes how to display the status of print jobs and print
queues.

•

Chapter 3 explains how to specify input and output trays for your print job.

•

Chapter 4 describes printing PostScript files.

•

Chapter 5 describes printing ANSI files.

•

Chapter 6 describes printing DDIF image files.

•

Chapter 7 describes printing PCL files.

•

Chapter 8 describes printing Proprinter files.

•

Chapter 9 explains how to print with the LIST data type.

•

Chapter 10 describes using advanced page layouts.

•

Chapter 11 explains how to use layup.

•

Chapter 12 explains how to use forms.

•

Chapter 13 explains how to use setup modules.

•

Chapter 14 describes specifying file separation pages.

•

Chapter 15 describes how to select finishing options.

•

Chapter 16 explains using the error handler to debug problems.

xiii

•

Chapter 17 describes how to troubleshoot printing errors.

•

Chapter 18 provides information about using DCPS with specific printers.

•

Appendix A describes system messages issued by DCPS.

•

Appendix B lists PRINT command qualifiers used for controlling print jobs.

•

Appendix C lists PRINT command parameters used for specifying DCPS
features and options.

•

Appendix D describes SoftFont fonts.

•

Appendix E discusses using encoding vectors.

•

Glossary explains DCPS-related terms.

Related Documents
The primary source of information about DCPS is the following set of software
manuals:
Table 1 DECprint Supervisor Documentation
Software Installation Guide

Describes how to install DCPS.

System Manager’s Guide

Describes how system managers, data center
operators and application programmers can create
and manage DCPS print queues and solve printing
problems.

User’s Guide

Describes how to use DCPS to print to PostScript®
printers.

Software Product Description
(SPD 44.15.xx)

Contains the full list of printers supported by DCPS
and additional information about the features and
requirements of DCPS V2.5.

For additional information about HP OpenVMS products and services, visit the
following World Wide Web address:
http://www.hp.com/go/openvms/

xiv

Reader’s Comments
HP welcomes your comments on this manual. Please send comments to either
of the following addresses:
Internet

openvmsdoc@hp.com

Mail

Hewlett-Packard Company
OSSG Documentation Group, ZKO3-4/U08
110 Spit Brook Road
Nashua NH 03062-2698

How to Order Additional Documentation
For information about how to order additional documentation, visit the
following World Wide Web address:
http://www.hp.com/go/openvms/doc/order/
Part numbers for DCPS-related documentation are listed in the Ordering
Additional Documentation appendix of the Software Installation Guide, System
Manager’s Guide and User’s Guide.

Conventions
The following conventions are used in this manual:
Ctrl/x

A sequence such as Ctrl/x indicates that you must hold
down the key labeled Ctrl while you press another key or a
pointing device button.

Return

In examples, a key name enclosed in a box indicates that
you press a key on the keyboard. (In text, a key name is not
enclosed in a box.)
In the HTML version of this document, this convention
appears as brackets, rather than a box.

...

A horizontal ellipsis in examples indicates one of the
following possibilities:
•

Additional optional arguments in a statement have
been omitted.

•

The preceding item or items can be repeated one or
more times.

•

Additional parameters, values, or other information can
be entered.

xvi

()

In command format descriptions, parentheses indicate that
you must enclose choices in parentheses if you specify more
than one.

[]

In command format descriptions, brackets indicate optional
choices. You can choose one or more items or no items.
Do not type the brackets on the command line. However,
you must include the brackets in the syntax for OpenVMS
directory specifications and for a substring specification in
an assignment statement.

In command format descriptions, vertical bars separate
choices within brackets or braces. Within brackets, the
choices are optional; within braces, at least one choice is
required. Do not type the vertical bars on the command
line.

{}

In command format descriptions, braces indicate required
choices; you must choose at least one of the items listed. Do
not type the braces on the command line.

bold text

This typeface represents the introduction of a new term. It
also represents the name of an argument, an attribute or a
reason.

italic text

Italic text indicates important information, complete titles
of manuals or variables. Variables include information
that varies in system output (Internal error number), in
command lines (/PRODUCER=name) and in command
parameters in text (where dd represents the predefined code
for the device type).

UPPERCASE TEXT

Uppercase text indicates a command, the name of a routine,
the name of a file, or the abbreviation for a system privilege.

Monospace text

Monospace type indicates code examples and interactive
screen displays.

A hyphen at the end of a command format description,
command line or code line indicates that the command or
statement continues on the following line.

numbers

All numbers in text are assumed to be decimal unless
otherwise noted. Nondecimal radixes—binary, octal or
hexadecimal—are explicitly indicated.

1
Printing Files
1.1 Overview
To print files, you need to do the following:
1. Issue the PRINT command
2. Specify the name of the print queue
3. Add any command qualifiers you want
4. Include the name of the file you want to print
For example:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=MYPRINTER /PARAMETER=DATA_TYPE=POSTSCRIPT SUMMER.PS
This example specifies:
•

Queue name (MYPRINTER)

•

PostScript data type

•

File name (SUMMER.PS)

The following sections show you some of the techniques you can use to print
custom documents.

Printing Files 1–1

1.2 Selecting a Data Type
To specify the data type of your print job, use the /DATA_TYPE=parameter
qualifier. For example:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=MYPRINTER /PARAMETER=DATA_TYPE=ASCII
You can choose from any of the following data type parameters:
ASCII
ANSI
DDIF
List
PCL
PostScript
Proprinter
ReGIS
Tek4014
For more information about the various data types, see Chapters 4 through
Chapter 9.
If you try to print to a printer model unsupported by DCPS, the printer is
classified as an ‘‘unrecognized’’ printer and while printing is attempted, it may
not be successful.
DCPS has a ‘‘generic HP’’ class of printer to help in printing to new HP
printer models. When printing to an HP printer not recognized by DCPS, a
set of paper sizes, tray names and commands to select those trays, known to
work with HP printers, are used. Therefore, features not available with an
‘‘unrecognized’’ printer are probably available with an ‘‘generic HP’’ printer.
These features include tray selection and use of the printer’s native PCL
interpreter.

1.3 Printing Two-Sided Documents
Some PostScript printers can print on two sides of each sheet of paper, also
known as duplex printing. You can print a document on both sides of the paper
if you include the SIDES=2 parameter in the PRINT command.
For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 MYFILE.PS
If the printer does not support two-sided printing, your print job is terminated
and the following message is displayed:
DCPS-E-DPLXNOSUP, printer-name does not support duplex printing

1–2 Printing Files

See Figure 1–1 for an example of a two-sided document.
Figure 1–1 Two-Sided Printing

refer to the VAX/VMS System Messages and Recovery Procedures
Reference Manual

10.1.1 Message Format

Code

Meaning

The prefix to all primary messages

In some cases, the User Action requests that you submit a Software
Performance Report (SPR). For information on how to do this, refer to
the VAX/VMS System Manager’s Reference Manual.

The prefix to all continuation messages

ABORTPEND, Pending job jobnumber aborted

The severity level of the message

ident

An abbreviation of the message

Explanation: A job that was pending on the PrintServer
queue has been removed from the queue by the server management Abort Job command.
User Action: None; this is a confirmation message.

10.1.2 Severity Level

The severity levels of PrintServer messages are listed here.
Code Meaning
S

Success-successful completion of the request

Informational-may or may not require user action
Warning-request may not have completed and may require
user action
Error-system encountered an error which may be recoverable

Fatal-system encountered a fatal error and cannot continue
processing this request

User Action: None.
BADLAYDEF, error on line number in layup definition
Explanation: There is an error in the layup definition file
you have included in your print job.
User Action: Check the line in the layup definition file that
is indicated in the error messages. Chapter 5 of this manual
describes the layup definition options.
BADPASSWD, Bad password
Explanation: An invalid password has been sent to the
printer. Is there a difference between this and the
PSWDNOTOK message???
User Action:???
tem

Sys

ges

Mes
sa

The message descriptions in this section are alphabetized by the ident
portion of the message code. The message prefix, facility designation,
and severity code are not shown. This section describes only messages
with the LPS facility designation. For description of other messages,

spe
Pri
specntSe
ifies
t

ver

tSer

Prin

10.2 Message Descriptions

Explanation: The specied job on the PrintServer queue was
aborted by the server Management Abort Job Command.

10-4

W
E

ABORTSRVMGT, Job jobnumber aborted by Server Management

PrintServer System Messages 10-5

10-2 PrintServer System Messages

MLO-001750

1.4 Specifying Landscape and Portrait Orientation
To specify the page orientation, use the PAGE_ORIENTATION parameter with
either the PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE keyword. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE MYFILE.TXT
Note
Do not use this parameter with PostScript and DDIF files because
these types of files already contain printing instructions that include
orientation. If you include the PAGE_ORIENTATION parameter for
these types of files, your specification is ignored and the print job is
printed following the instructions in the file.

Figure 1–1 shows pages printed in portrait orientation. For advanced methods
of printing documents, see Chapter 10.

Printing Files 1–3

Figure 1–2 shows a page printed in landscape orientation.
Figure 1–2 Landscape Orientation

Abraham Lincoln´s Gettysburg Address
Fourscore and seven years ago, our fathers brought forth upon this continent a new Nation,
conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. Now, we are
engaged in a great Civil War, testing whether that Nation, or any nation so conceived and so
dedicated, can long endure. We are met on a great battlefield of that war. We have come to dedicate
a portion of that field as a final resting-place for those who gave their lives that that Nation might
live. It is altogether fitting and proper that we should do this.
But, in a larger sense, we cannot dedicate, we cannot consecrate, we cannot hallow this ground. The
brave men, living and dead, who struggled here, have consecrated it far above our power to add or
detract. The world will little note nor long remember what we say here, but it can never forget what
they did here. It is for us, the living, rather to be dedicated to the great task remaining before us; that
from these honored dead, we take increased devotion to that cause for which they gave the last full
measure of devotion; that this Nation, under God, shall have a new birth of freedom; and that
government of the People by the People and for the People shall not perish from the earth.

1.5 Specifying Multiple Copies
To make multiple copies of a file, use any of the following commands:
•

PRINT/JOB_COUNT=n
Prints the entire job n times.

•

PRINT/COPIES=n
Prints each file n times.

•

PRINT/PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT=n
Prints each sheet of the print job n times. Copies are not collated, unless
you print to the COLLATOR tray of a printer that has such a tray.

1–4 Printing Files

The SHEET_COUNT parameter allows you to print multiple copies of each
sheet of paper in the print job. This method of making copies will save
print job processing time. With /COPIES or /JOB_COUNT, the print files
must be processed each time they are printed. With the SHEET_COUNT
parameter, each sheet is duplicated n times after the data on the page has
been processed once by the software.

1.6 Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the Sheet
You can print more than one page on each side of a sheet of paper. This
technique saves paper and can also be used to provide customized printed
documents. For example, you can print four pages on each side of a sheet, as
shown in Figure 1–3.
Use the NUMBER_UP parameter in the PRINT command to specify the
number of pages to print on each side of a sheet of paper. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.PS
To fit multiple pages on a side, the DECprint Supervisor software changes
the size of the logical pages in the document to fit in the area on the physical
sheet. This change does not affect the relationship of the page height to the
page width.

Printing Files 1–5

Figure 1–3 Printing Four Pages to a Sheet (NUMBER_UP=4)

10.1.1 Message Format

Chapter 10

PrintServer System Messages
The system messages described in this chapter are issued by the PrintServer software. They are identified by a facility code of LPS. For
descriptions of messages issued by VMS, refer to the VAX/VMS System
Messages and Recovery Procedures Reference Manual.

Code

Meaning

The prefix to all primary messages

The prefix to all continuation messages

The severity level of the message

ident

An abbreviation of the message

10.1.2 Severity Level

The severity levels of PrintServer messages are listed here.
Code Meaning

10.1 System Message Overview
PrintServer system messages are classified in two general categories,
based on their destination. Messages directed to the client system
operator or to the user are documented in this chapter. Messages directed to the server management terminal. whether local or remote. are
documented in the Management Guide:VAXPrintServer Supporting
Host.
To receive user messages. you must include the/NOTIFY qualifier in
your PRINT command. The message are in response to either your
to which the lpr command is applied. If no files are specified, input is

To receive operator messages, you must have OPER(operator) privleges and have executed the REPLY/ENABLE [PRINTER] command.
You then receive the operator messages that apply to your client
system.

Success-successful completion of the request

Informational-may or may not require user action

Warning-request may not have completed and may require
user action

Error-system encountered an error which may be recoverable

Fatal-system encountered a fatal error and cannot continue
processing this request

10.2 Message Descriptions
The message descriptions in this section are alphabetized by the ident
portion of the message code. The message prefix, facility designation,
and severity code are not shown. This section describes only messages
with the LPS facility designation. For description of other messages,

PrintServer System Messages 10-1

10-2 PrintServer System Messages

CANTCHECKPNT, Checkpointed job jobnumber is requested
Explanation: A print job was stopped and has been requeued. The job will print from the beginning.
User Action: Check the printed output. If it is not complete,
resubmit the job.
CANTUSETRN, Translator from data-type to PostScript is unusable.

Explanation: A job that was pending on the PrintServer
queue has been removed from the queue by the server management Abort Job command.
User Action: None; this is a confirmation message.
ABORTSRVMGT, Job jobnumber aborted by Server Management
Explanation: The specied job on the PrintServer queue was
aborted by the server Management Abort Job Command.
User Action: None.

Explanation: The current copy of the specified translator
has previously generated a severe error and has been marked
unusable. Any subsequent job with data type data-type also
incurs this message and is placed in a HOLD staus by the
symbiont.
User Action: Ask your system manager to restart the print
server queue. This loads a new copy of the translator. When
the queue is restarted, release the jobs that were placed on
HOLD. Submit a Software Performance Report.
CFGERROR, configuration error: offending command is string

BADLAYDEF, error on line number in layup definition
Explanation: There is an error in the layup definition file
you have included in your print job.
User Action: Check the line in the layup definition file that
is indicated in the error messages. Chapter 5 of this manual
describes the layup definition options.
BADPASSWD, Bad password
Explanation: An invalid password has been sent to the
printer. Is there a difference between this and the
PSWDNOTOK message???

Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this error
while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
by string.
User Action: If this error occurred while printing a file with
a data type other than PostScript, it indicates an error in
the translation process. If the translator is DIGITAL-supplied,
submit a Software Performance Report.
If the error occurred while printing a PostScript file, either the PostScript file or the program that generated the
PostScript file is in error. Refer to the PostScript Language
Reference Manual for help in locating the error. Resubmit the
corrected file.

User Action:???

PrintServer System Messages 10-3

10-4 PrintServer System Messages

MLO-001798

1–6 Printing Files

1.7 Printing a Range of Pages
You can print a specific page or range of pages in a print job. This feature
may be useful, for example, when you continue a large print job that was
terminated in the middle of printing.
To print only a specific range of pages from the print job, include the PAGE_
LIMIT parameter in the PRINT command. Include one or two page numbers
to specify the range of pages. For example, to print only the 50th through the
100th page of a print job, enter the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,100)" MYFILE.PS
Note
Quotation marks are required when the parameter value contains a
comma, as in this PAGE_LIMIT parameter.

The pages you specify do not correspond to the page numbers in the document.
They represent the number of pages that have been printed. You can print the
last portion of this same document by using the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,)" MYFILE.PS
This command instructs the DECprint Supervisor software to start printing at
the 50th page in the document, and continue to the end of the document.
You can print the first part of a document by using the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT=50 MYFILE.PS
This command instructs the DECprint Supervisor software to print the first 50
pages of the document.
When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter, your print job completes when
the upper-limit value is reached. Therefore, if you specify the PAGE_LIMIT
parameter and do not print to the end of the file, you do not get a file trailer
page for the file that was cut off. The rest of the data for that file and for any
subsequent files for that print job is ignored.
The maximum PAGE_LIMIT value, for either the starting or ending page, is
999999.

Printing Files 1–7

1.8 Delays in Deleting an Entry or Stopping a Queue
If DCPS has problems communicating with a printer when processing a
STOP/QUEUE/NEXT or DELETE/ENTRY request, it may take several
minutes before DCPS considers the request completed. Eventually, however, it
will stop waiting for a response from the printer that the current job has been
cancelled.

1.9 File Formats
If you are copying your file from a system running another operating system to
an OpenVMS system and then printing it, the resulting file must have one of
the OpenVMS file formats listed in Table 1–1.
Table 1–1 File Formats
OpenVMS Record Format

Record Attributes

Stream

Any

Variable length

None

Undefined

Any

Fixed format

None

Indexed

Any

Relative

Any

Note
When you copy files with binary data, such as images and fonts, make
sure you copy the file in binary mode. For example, use binary mode in
FTP or use COPY /B from a Windows® system.

DCPS allows you to print files that utilize an indexed, relative or sequential
file organization.
Indexed and relative files are accessed sequentially, by their primary index
and relative record number respectively. This is consistent with the TYPE
command.

1–8 Printing Files

Note
Indexed and relative files frequently contain binary data. Attempting
to print files containing such unprintable binary data can give
unpredictable and probably undesirable results.

Printing Files 1–9

2
Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the
Status of Print Jobs and Queues
You can display, delete, and modify your print jobs using the commands
described in this chapter. You can also list the print jobs in the queue and the
status of your print jobs.

2.1 Displaying Print Jobs
The SHOW ENTRY command allows you to display information about your
print jobs.
If you want to see the status of a particular print job, include the job number
in the SHOW ENTRY command. For example:
$ SHOW ENTRY 96
Entry Jobname
Username
Blocks Status
----- ------------------- -----96 MEMO
MSMITH
114 Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00
On idle printer queue LP40$A14
You can get more information about the print job if you include the /FULL
qualifier. For example:
$ SHOW ENTRY 96 /FULL
Entry Jobname
Username
Blocks Status
----- ------------------- -----96 MEMO
MSMITH
114 Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00
On idle printer queue LPS40$A14
Submitted 27-JUN-2005 10:36 /FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT)
/PARAM=("DATA=AUTOMATIC") /PRIORITY=100
File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MEMO.TXT;1
File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]FILE_SNIFF.TXT;1
File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]INFOPLAN.TXT;1
File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MONTHLY_REPORT.TXT;2
File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]SPECIAL_SEPARATION_PAGES.TXT;1
File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]VTPW.TXT;1

Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2–1

The /FULL qualifier displays the status of the print job in the queue. The
print job in the example is holding, because it was submitted with the /AFTER
qualifier to delay starting the print job. The print job status may be any one of
those listed in Table 2–1.
Table 2–1 Print Job Status
Status

Meaning

Printing

On a local printer, the print job is currently printing. On a
network printer, the print job may be printing, or a job from
another system may be printing.

Pending

The print job is waiting to be printed. Other print jobs are
ahead of this job in the queue, or the job is waiting for the
appropriate type of media to be mounted in the printer.

Holding

The print job is waiting to print because it was submitted
with the /AFTER qualifier or the /HOLD qualifier, or the
SET ENTRY/HOLD command was entered for the job.
To release the print job for printing, use the /RELEASE
qualifier in the SET ENTRY command (see Section 2.4).

Stalled

The job started, but is now stalled, possibly due to a paper
jam or tray out of paper.

Aborting

The job has been aborted with a DELETE /ENTRY
command. (See Section 2.3 for more information.)

Retained

The print job has completed but it is being retained in the
queue.

You can display all your print jobs by entering the SHOW ENTRY command
without specifying the print job number. For example:
$ SHOW ENTRY
Entry Jobname
Username
Blocks
----- ------------------96 MEMO
MSMITH
114
On busy printer queue LP40$A14
75 AUTO
MSMITH
368
On busy printer queue PS40$A10
68 BOOK_LIST
MSMITH
78
On busy printer queue PS40$A10

Status
-----Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00
Pending
Printing

You can use the following qualifiers with the SHOW ENTRY command to
display print jobs:

2–2 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues

SHOW ENTRY Qualifier

Displays . . .

/BRIEF

A short summary about one or more print
jobs. This is the default display if you do
not include the /FULL qualifier.

/BY_JOB_STATUS=(keyword,...)

Print jobs that have the status you specify
for the keyword. The status types are listed
in Table 2–1.

/FILES

The file names of the files in each print job
displayed.

/FULL

Complete information about the print job,
including job status and files to be printed.

/USER_NAME=user-name

The print jobs for the user you specify.

2.2 Displaying Print Queues
You can display a list of all of your print jobs in a queue and the status of the
print queue, by using the SHOW QUEUE command.
Note
Remote nodes in the network may have print queues sending jobs to
the same printer, but queues on those nodes are not displayed.

To see all of your print jobs in a queue, enter the SHOW QUEUE command
followed by the name of the print queue:
$ SHOW QUEUE LPS40$A10
Printer queue LPS40$A10, on LEVEL::A10, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT
(stock=DEFAULT)
Entry Jobname
----- ------96 MEMO

Username
-------MSMITH

Blocks Status
------ -----114 Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00

If you wish to see print jobs belonging to all users, and you have sufficient
privileges to do so, use the SHOW QUEUE /ALL command.
You can list all the queues in the system by entering the SHOW QUEUE
command with no queue name.

Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2–3

You can use the following qualifiers to specify the type of information to display
about a queue or queues:
SHOW QUEUE Qualifier

Displays . . .

/ALL_JOBS

All the print jobs in a queue. If you do not
include this qualifier, the SHOW QUEUE
command displays your print jobs in the queue.

/BRIEF

A short summary about one or more print jobs.
This is the default display if you do not include
the /FULL qualifier.

/BY_JOB_STATUS=(keyword,...)

Print jobs that have the status you specify for
the keyword. The status types are listed in
Table 2–1.

/FILES

The file names of the files in each print job
displayed.

/FORM

Information about the forms that are defined
(see Chapter 12).

/FULL

Information about the print job, including job
status and files to be printed.

/SUMMARY

A short message about the status of the queue
and the print jobs in the queue.

2.3 Deleting a Print Job
You can remove a print job from the queue by using the DELETE /ENTRY
command. If the print job is being printed, this command terminates printing
and deletes the print job.
If the system manager sets up the queue to retain print jobs, your print job
remains in the queue after you use the DELETE /ENTRY command. In this
case, use the DELETE /ENTRY command twice to remove the job from the
queue.
Include the job number of the print job to be deleted after the DELETE
/ENTRY command. For example:
$ DELETE /ENTRY=96
Job MEMO (queue LP40$A10, entry 96) terminated with error status
%JBC-F-JOBDELETE, job deleted before execution
%DELETE, entry 96 aborting or deleted

2–4 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues

2.4 Modifying a Print Job
You can modify a print job that has not started printing. You can change the
queue for the print job, or any of the print job attributes that you specified in
the PRINT command. You cannot modify a print job that has begun printing.
Use the SET ENTRY command to modify the status, queue, or attributes of
a print job. Specify the job number and any qualifiers in the SET ENTRY
command. The following example shows how to change the print queue
for print job number 318. To specify the new queue, use the SET ENTRY
command with the /REQUEUE qualifier.
$ PRINT *.MSG /AFTER=17:00 /QUEUE=PS40$A10
Job AUTO (queue PS40$A10, entry 318) holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00
$ SET ENTRY 318 /REQUEUE=LP40$A10
$ SHOW QUEUE LP40$A10
Printer queue LP40$A10, on MOON::A10::, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT
(stock=DEFAULT)
Entry Jobname
----- ------318 AUTO

Username
-------MSMITH

Blocks Status
------ -----368 Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00

Use the SET ENTRY command to release a print job that is Holding. Include
the /RELEASE qualifier in the SET ENTRY command to release the print job.
For example:
$ SET ENTRY 318 /RELEASE
%DCPS-I-JOBSTART, Job AUTO (queue LP40$A10, entry 318) started
on LP40$A10
You can change the qualifiers and print parameters for a print job using SET
ENTRY. Include the job number and the new qualifier or parameter values in
the SET ENTRY command.
If your PRINT command included more than one print parameter, you must
include them all in the SET ENTRY command. You cannot modify only one
of the print parameters without affecting the others that you included in the
PRINT command. If you modify only one parameter, the others are reset to
default values. For example, you could submit a print job with the following
command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SIDES=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE) MYFILE.RPT
Job MYFILE (queue PS40$A10, entry 329) started on LPS40$A10

Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2–5

To modify the page orientation setting for this print job, you must include the
SIDES parameter, as well:
$ SET ENTRY 329 /PARAMETERS=(SIDES=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT)
$ SHOW ENTRY 329 /FULL
Entry Jobname
Username
Blocks Status
----- ------------------- -----329 MYFILE
MSMITH
4 Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00
On printer queue PS40$A10
Submitted 27-JUN-2005 11:50 /FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT) /NOTIFY
/PARAM=("SIDES=2","PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT") /PRIORITY=100
File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MYFILE.RPT;2

2–6 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues

3
Specifying Input and Output Trays
3.1 Selecting the Input Tray
Most printers have more than one input tray. You can use different trays for
various types of media, such as transparencies, envelopes and paper.
Some printers support special trays, such as manual-feed input slots and
envelope feeders. To list the input trays supported by your printer, enter the
HELP PRINT_PARAMETER INPUT_TRAY command and select the subtopic
that describes your printer.
Use the INPUT_TRAY parameter in the PRINT command to select the input
tray from which the media is drawn for the print job.
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY=input-tray file-name
For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY=TOP MYFILE.PS
Some printers do not support multiple input trays. If you specify
/PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY on print jobs for these types of printers,
your print job is terminated and the following message is displayed:
NOINPTRAY, INPUT_TRAY selection not supported for printer-name
Selecting the wrong input tray with certain printers terminates the print
job. When you specify an input tray that is not supported by the printer, the
following error message is displayed:
INTRAYNOTSUP, No tray-name on printer-name
Some printers have optional input trays. If you specify an optional input tray
that is not currently available on the printer, the job is terminated and the
following error message is displayed:
INTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name

Specifying Input and Output Trays 3–1

3.1.1 Specifying the Type of Media
3.1.1.1 Selecting by Page and Sheet Size
You can specify a paper size with the PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZE parameter.
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE=sheet-size file-name
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=sheet-size,INPUT_TRAY=input-tray) _$ file-name
For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE=LEGAL FILE.PS
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A4,INPUT_TRAY=TOP) FILE.PS
If you specify both the input tray and the paper size, the specified input tray
must contain the requested paper size for the job to print, or the print job is
terminated and the following error message is displayed:
SIZNOTRAY, paper-size size medium is not in the tray-name tray in
printer-name
For example:
SIZNOTRAY, A4 size medium is not in the TOP tray in PrintServer 17/600
3.1.1.2 Selecting by Media Type
Media type is set on the printer to indicate the type of paper loaded in a
particular tray. The default is usually PLAIN. Other common media types are
COLOR, LETTERHEAD, PREPRINTED, PREPUNCHED and RECYCLED.
When a paper tray is set to a particular media type, only jobs requesting that
media type will use paper from that tray.
To select media type in your DCPS job, use the MEDIA_TYPE parameter:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MEDIA_TYPE=media-type file-name
DCPS allows any value for the MEDIA_TYPE parameter. Note that the media
type is sometimes abbreviated on a printer’s front panel or on its web page.
For example, the setting for LETTERHEAD media might be abbreviated as
LTRHEAD. In most cases, you can specify either the full or abbreviated name.
You should specify a media type currently used by your printer. If the media
type is not available on your printer, you will either:
You can specify a media type with the MEDIA_TYPE parameter. Media
type is set on the printer to indicate the type of paper loaded in a particular
tray. The default is usually PLAIN. Other common media types are COLOR,
LETTERHEAD, PREPRINTED, PREPUNCHED and RECYCLED. When a
paper tray is set to a particular media type, only jobs requesting that media

3–2 Specifying Input and Output Trays

type will use paper from that tray if it is different from the printer’s default
media type.
One benefit of using media type selection is the ability to select paper by paper
size and media type without having to know the tray number containing the
paper you want to use for your job.
To select paper of a particular media type:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MEDIA_TYPE=media-type file-name
For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MEDIA_TYPE=COLOR FILE.PS
will select paper from the tray containing colored paper.
DCPS allows any value for the MEDIA_TYPE parameter. Note that the media
type is sometimes abbreviated on a printer’s front panel or on its web page.
For example, the setting for LETTERHEAD media might be abbreviated as
LTRHEAD. In most cases, you can specify either the full or abbreviated name.
If the printer does not contain the requested media type, the print job is
terminated and the following error message is displayed:
MEDIATYPENOTAVL, No media-type type medium is loaded in printer name
For example,
MEDIATYPENOTAVL, No COLOR type medium is loaded in HP LaserJet 9050
You can use the MEDIA_TYPE parameter in combination with other tray
selection parameters INPUT_TRAY, PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE.
If you specify both the input tray and the media type, the specified input tray
must contain the requested paper size for the job to print. Otherwise, the print
job is terminated and the following error message is displayed:
MEDIATYPENOTRAY, media-type type medium is not in the tray tray
in printer name
For example, if there is no letterhead paper in tray 2 and you type
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(INPUT_TRAY=TRAY_2,MEDIA_TYPE=LETTERHEAD) _$ /QUEUE=HP4650 FILE.PS
you will see the following error message displayed:
MEDIATYPENOTRAY, LETTERHEAD type medium is not in the TRAY_2 tray in
HP Color LaserJet 4650

Specifying Input and Output Trays 3–3

Some printers will prompt you to load the requested media type instead of
causing the MEDIATYPENOTRAY error message. The behavior depends
on the characteristics of the printer. For example, HP printers with Deferred
Media Selection turned on will prompt you to load the media type you specified.
With most other printers, DCPS will not print the job and will return the error
message instead.
Media type selection is supported only by PostScript Level 2 and higher
printers. If you specify the media type for a PostScript Level 1 printer, the
print job is terminated and the following error message is displayed:
MEDIATYPENOSUP, Media type selection not supported for PostScript
Level 1 printers

3.1.2 Selecting Manual Feed
To select the manual feed slot, use the parameter INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_
FEED. You must also specify the paper size with the SHEET_SIZE or PAGE_
SIZE parameter.
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=sheet-size,INPUT_TRAY=input-tray) file-name
For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A4,INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED) FILE.PS
If you omit the page size from a print job that specified manual feed, your print
job terminates and the following error message is displayed:
NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet_size must be specified for Manual_Feed
When you specify manual feed, job separation pages are printed on the paper
that is loaded in the printer’s default input tray. Then the input tray is
changed to MANUAL_FEED for printing the file.

3.1.3 Using the Envelope Feeder
You must specify the paper size with the SHEET_SIZE or PAGE_SIZE
parameter when you specify the ENVELOPE_FEEDER input tray. Otherwise,
your print job terminates and the following message is displayed:
NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet_size must be specified for Envelope_Feeder

3–4 Specifying Input and Output Trays

3.2 Selecting the Output Tray
Some PostScript printers have multiple output trays.
You can list the output trays available with your type of printer by entering
the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER OUTPUT_TRAY command and selecting the
subtopic that describes your printer.
You can select the output tray for print jobs destined for these printers using
the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter in the PRINT command.
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=OUTPUT_TRAY=output-tray file-name
For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=OUTPUT_TRAY=SIDE MYFILE.PS
If you select an unsupported output tray, the print job may be printed and sent
to another output tray, and the following message displayed:
TRAYSUBST, Output will be delivered to the output-tray tray on printer-name
Alternatively, your print job may be terminated and the following message
displayed:
NOOUTTRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, tray-name, not supported on printer-name
Some printers have optional output trays. If you specify an optional output
tray that is not currently available on the printer, your output will be directed
to a similar tray if one exists. If there is no similar output tray, the job is
terminated and the following error message is displayed:
OUTTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name

3.2.1 Manually Selecting Output Trays
If you manually select the output trays on your printer, you cannot change
trays with the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter. You must select the output tray by
using the controls on the printer. Refer to the operator’s guide to your printer
for information about output tray selection.
If you specify the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter for this type of printer, be sure
that the appropriate output tray is selected manually. Otherwise, the print job
is terminated and the following message may be displayed:
OUTTRAYMISMATCH, Printer printer-name output tray setting does not match
requested output-tray on printer-name

Specifying Input and Output Trays 3–5

4
Printing PostScript Files
4.1 Printing Jobs with Multiple PostScript Files
The PostScript file created by your application modifies the state of the
PostScript interpreter in the printer. The DECprint Supervisor software resets
the printer state for each new print job, but not for each file in the print job.
Therefore, files that are meant to be printed together, such as a data file with
an application prologue or a font, will print successfully. But in a print job
with a set of unrelated files, the state of the printer after completing printing
of a file may adversely affect the printing of subsequent files.
This can cause PostScript errors and unexpected changes in the appearance
of the printed documents. If you need to print multiple PostScript files, or
multiple copies of a PostScript file, submit them using separate print jobs.

4.2 Printing Files that Contain Text and PostScript
DECprint Supervisor software can detect PostScript data after the text at the
beginning of the file. This is useful for printing PostScript files sent to you by
an electronic messaging system that places text in front of the PostScript file.
For example, if you receive a message in a software utility that creates ANSI
text, and that message includes a PostScript file, you can print the file without
specifying the data type.

4.3 Printing Files Created on Other Operating Systems
When creating PostScript files on systems running other operating systems for
eventual printing through DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS software, you
should keep the following points in mind:
1. Use of Printer-Specific Code

Printing PostScript Files 4–1

Windows and Macintosh printer drivers often create PostScript code
that is specific to a printer and to the set of printer options for which
you configured the driver (for example, printer brand and model, trays
available, whether the printer can perform duplex printing, how much
memory is available in the printer, etc.). If you later attempt to print
such a file on a different type of printer or a printer with a different set of
options, the file may not print correctly.
Try to create a file that is specific to the printer and printer options that
you ultimately intend to use. Alternatively, attempt to select a generic
printer, optimized for portability, with few options, to increase your chances
of being able to print the file on multiple printer configurations. (Also see
Section 4.5.)
2. Use of Feature-Specific PostScript Code
Windows and Macintosh applications and printer drivers often create
PostScript code that is specific to a set of printer features that you select
when you create the file (for example, which tray to use, the number
of uncollated copies, simplex or duplex, etc.). When your PostScript file
contains explicit requests for such features, the corresponding DCPS
parameters (for example, INPUT_TRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, SHEET_COUNT,
SIDES, etc.) have no impact on your print job.
If your application and printer driver allow you to default certain settings
(for example, the input tray) to the current printer setting, do so and then
specify the desired setting using a DCPS parameter. Otherwise, use your
application or driver to specify the feature and omit the corresponding
DCPS parameter.
3. Assumptions about Printer-Specific Setup
The physical setup of a printer can vary from printer to printer, and over
time. For example, you might create a PostScript file to print to the top
input tray because you know that the top tray on your printer contains
yellow paper and you want to print on yellow paper. However, if you then
send the file to another printer of the same brand and model, or even the
same printer at a later date, the top tray may contain other media.
For printer features that DCPS does not allow you to specify and that your
application and printer driver also do not allow you to specify (for example,
media type), verify that the physical setup of the target printer is as you
desire before sending your file to it. If not, you may have to recreate the
file for the reasons given in items number 1 and 2 above.

4–2 Printing PostScript Files

4.4 Creating Printer-Specific PostScript Documents
Each model of PostScript printer recognizes some unique operators that are
not part of the standard PostScript language. The PostScript extensions for
each PostScript printer may be described in the printer owner’s manual.
Many commercial applications, and printer drivers on PC and Macintosh
systems, allow you to specify printer features that depend on printer-specific
extensions (see Section 4.3). For example, you can create a PostScript file that
requires the use of the top input tray on a particular printer. If you try to print
the file on another type of printer, the file may print from a different tray, or
may even fail to print.

4.5 Creating Portable PostScript Documents
To create documents that are independent of printer type, make sure the
application that you use to create the PostScript file has printer setup options
that do not conflict with the PRINT parameters that you specify with the
DCPS software. Use option settings to ensure that your PostScript document
is as portable as possible.
To ensure that your application creates documents that are printable on the
widest variety of printers, select ‘‘printer’s default’’ for all printer-specific
options such as input and output trays. Or, select a generic printer or one
without duplex printing or multiple input trays. Then, choose the feature in
your application that allows you to print to a file.

4.6 Resolving Unrecognized PostScript Operator Errors
If you try to print a file that contains a PostScript extension operator that is
not defined in your printer, you get the following error message:
%DCPS-W-UNDEF, undefined: Name not known - offending command is operator
Operator is the PostScript extension operator that is not recognized by the
printer.
You may be able to resolve this problem by doing the following:
1. Re-create the PostScript file from the application. Examine the print
setup options and disable any options that are not generic to all PostScript
printers (see Section 4.5).
2. If you must print the PostScript file that fails, see Section 4.7 for
information about modifying the print job.

Printing PostScript Files 4–3

4.7 Using Example Files to Suppress PostScript Operators
The DCPS software provides example files that show how to suppress many
commonly used PostScript extension operators.

4.7.1 Suppressing PostScript Operators on Desktop Printers
If you are using a desktop printer, you can create a setup module to suppress
the failing PostScript operator. The following example file is distributed with
the DCPS software:
SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]LPS$STATUSDICT.PS
This file is an assortment of PostScript routines. You can edit the file and copy
routines that solve problems with specific PostScript operators. The new file
that you create can be specified as a setup module and printed with the file
that failed.
See the DCPS System Manager’s Guide for more information about setup
modules.

4.7.2 Suppressing PostScript Operators on PrintServer Printers
The PS_SUPPLEMENT file can be loaded into the PrintServer printer so that
many unrecognized PostScript extension operators are ignored. If you have
PrintServer Software Version 4.2 or later, this file is automatically downloaded
to your printer.

4–4 Printing PostScript Files

5
Printing ANSI Files
When you submit ANSI or ASCII text files for printing on PostScript
printers, they are translated to PostScript. The DECprint Supervisor software
recognizes the full range of ANSI escape sequences for all levels of the ANSI
printing protocol. Refer to the Digital ANSI-Compliant Printing Protocol Level
3 Programming Reference Manual for more information about the DIGITAL
ANSI-compliant printing protocol and the functions of the ANSI translator.

5.1 Printing Multiple ANSI Files in a Print Job
ANSI files are handled differently from other types of files. When you print
more than one ANSI file in a print job, the printer commands in the first file
are not passed on to the second file. You must use an ANSI setup module to
pass printing attributes, or include the print attributes in each file.

5.2 Emulating ANSI Printers
If your site has changed the printing system from ANSI printers to PostScript
printers, you can take advantage of the DECprint Supervisor software to
print ANSI files that were created for ANSI printers on your new PostScript
printers.
The DECprint Supervisor software automatically handles ANSI file printing in
a way that emulates printing on ANSI printers. If you need to modify the way
that ANSI files are printed, use any of the qualifiers in Table 5–1 to enhance
your printed document.

Printing ANSI Files 5–1

Table 5–1 ANSI Print Qualifiers
To modify this aspect . . .

Use this qualifier . . .

To get this effect . . .

Form feeds, which are usually
inserted into the ANSI document
at the bottom of each page

/NOFEED

Suppress automatic form feed
insertion.

Header lines on each page

/HEADER1

Print the file name, page number,
and file creation date at the top of
each page.

Margin, header, and tab
processing

/PASSALL

Preserve the state of the file
through printing without
imposing margins, headers, or
tab emulation on the printed
document.

Single-spaced documents

/SPACE1

Insert a blank line after each
text line, providing double-spaced
output.

Expansion of tabs during
processing

/PARAMETERS=[NO]TAB1 Control how tabs are processed
(see Section 5.3).

Fonts available for printing

/PARAMETERS=FONTS_ Specify one or more SoftFont
USED
modules that include software
fonts that emulate font cartridges
(see Section 5.4).

Formatting of text by the default
form specified for the queue

/FORM

Specify the form definition
assumed for the print job.

1 When you include this qualifier, the default form for the queue is applied to the print job. See Chapter 12 for

more information.

5.3 Processing Tabs in ANSI Files
The [NO]TAB parameter allows you to emulate the ways in which the ANSI
printer handles tab characters. When you include the TAB parameter in your
print job, the action is equivalent to using the SET TERMINAL/TAB command
on the ANSI printer.
The [NO]TAB parameter is useful when you are not printing 10 characters
per inch, or when ANSI tabs are defined in inches, not by character position.
If you change the character size, tab sizes do not change when you specify
PARAMETERS=TAB. If you expect tabs to change size when characters change
size, specify /PARAMETERS=NOTAB.
When you specify [NO]TAB, the software invokes the default form,
DCPS$DEFAULT for your job. Refer to Chapter 12 for more information
about the default form definition.
5–2 Printing ANSI Files

By default, the DECprint Supervisor software processes tab characters so that
tab stops are set at every eight character positions (/PARAMETERS=NOTAB).
The system manager can change this operation as a queue default so that you
do not have to specify it on the PRINT command line. Different settings of this
parameter may be established as queue defaults for different generic queues
driving the same printer. In this way, you can access either method of tab
expansion when you submit print jobs from application programs that allow
you to specify the queue name but not the print parameters.

5.4 Emulating Printer Font Cartridges
Your document may require font cartridges in order to print on ANSI printers.
If you want to print the document on a PostScript printer, you can use the
FONTS_USED parameter to emulate the ANSI printer font cartridges. The
files must contain escape sequences that call the fonts.
Note
These font modules are not a standard part of the DECprint Supervisor
software. Your system manager can obtain SoftFont kits separately
and then install them in the font library. (The SoftFont kits have been
retired and are no longer available from HP.) To list the font modules
that have been installed on your system, use the following command:
$ LIBRARY /LIST /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:CPS$ANSI_FONTS
If this file does not exist, no font modules have been installed.

To include one or more font modules in your print job, use the
/PARAMETERS=FONTS_USED qualifier in the PRINT command. For
example, if you used to print your file on an ANSI printer with the ITC
Souvenir cartridge installed, enter the following command to print it on a
PostScript printer with the DECprint Supervisor software:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(FONTS_USED=ITC_SOUV_MCS) file-name
Note
If you include two or more cartridge names, be sure to place quotation
marks around them. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS="FONTS_USED=(ITC_SOUV_MCS,BARCODE)" file-name

Printing ANSI Files 5–3

See Appendix D for a list of the available SoftFont kits.

5.5 Using PostScript Operators to Change Trays
With the DCPS software, you can print ANSI documents that were created for
printing on media from a specific input tray.
The DCPS software recognizes escape sequences in ANSI files that select the
printer input tray. If you print an ANSI file that is set up to select an input
tray that does not exist on your printer, the print job fails and you receive the
following error message:
%DCPS-W-RANGECHK, rangecheck: Argument out of bounds offending command is setpapertray.
If this happens, you can create a PostScript setup module to submit with the
print job, and redefine the input tray settings. For example, you could create a
PostScript setup module using the following PostScript operators:
/settoptray {statusdict begin 2 setpapertray end} def
/setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def
This example selects the printer tray 2 for the top tray (settoptray), and tray
1 for the bottom tray (setbottomtray). When you create a PostScript setup
module, use the operator listed in Table 5–2 that corresponds to the input tray
specified in the ANSI file. Select a value for the setpapertray argument that
corresponds to an input tray on your printer. Refer to your printer owner’s
manual for the input tray numbers supported by your printer.
Submit the setup module with your ANSI document using the PRINT
command. For example, to use the setup module TRAYDEF.PS to print the file
OVERHEAD.TXT, enter the following command:
$ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=TRAYDEF OVERHEAD.TXT
The ANSI input tray selection sequences and the PostScript operators
associated with each of them are listed in Table 5–2. The translator uses
the default setpapertray value if no other value has been defined. A setup
module with a different value overrides the default value.

5–4 Printing ANSI Files

Table 5–2 Operators for Changing Input Trays
ANSI Sequence

User-Defined Operators

Default setpapertray Value

CSI ! v

[none]

CSI 0 ! v

[none]

CSI 1 ! v

settoptray

CSI 2 ! v

setbottomtray

CSI 3 ! v

setlcittray

CSI 4 ! v

setmanualfeedtray

CSI 99 ! v

setmanualfeedtray

5.6 Using ANSI Sequences to Print Duplex or Simplex
To specify one- or two-sided printing, add ANSI escape sequences to your file.
The ANSI duplex sequences are listed in Table 5–3. Replace the sp value in
the table with a blank character space in your ANSI file.
Table 5–3 ANSI Sequences for Printing Simplex or Duplex
ANSI Sequence

Duplex Operation

CSI 0 sp x

true simplex normal

CSI 1 sp x

true simplex normal

CSI 2 sp x

true simplex tumbled

CSI 3 sp x

true duplex normal

CSI 4 sp x

true duplex tumbled

CSI 5 sp x

duplex master normal

CSI 6 sp x

duplex master tumbled

CSI 7 sp x

simplex compressed normal

CSI 8 sp x

compressed tumbled

5.7 The LIST Data Type and Translator
The LIST data type feature employs a special text-to-PostScript translator
(see Chapter 9). It translates 8-bit ASCII (ISO 8859-1) text to a convenient
printable form, numbering the lines in the file and printing gray bars behind
alternating groups of lines. The LIST translator is not an ANSI translator.
It does not translate escape sequences, such as those defined by ANSI PPL3,
HP-PCL, or any other printer protocol. You should continue to use the ANSI
Printing ANSI Files 5–5

data type for printing jobs that include and require translation of DEC PPL3
data and control sequences.

5.8 Printing the Euro Symbol
The ISO Latin-9 (ISO 8859-15) character set is included with the DCPS ANSI
translator. This character set includes the Euro symbol.
One way to print the Euro symbol is to include the following ANSI escape
sequences in your ANSI file:
<ESC>.b
<ESC>n$

5–6 Printing ANSI Files

selects ISO Latin-9 character set
prints Euro symbol

6
Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image
Interpreter
DCPS software replaces DEC Image Print-PLUS Client Services3 and allows
you to print DDIF bitonal image files on the PrintServer 17, turbo PrintServer
20 and PrintServer 32 printers using the Image interpreter.
Note
The Image interpreter is not used if PostScript Level 2 is present.

If your print job includes one of the following parameters, the Image
interpreter is not used to print the document:
/PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION
/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP
Instead, the file is translated to PostScript for printing to provide the feature
specified by the parameter value.

6.1 Improvements to Image Printing
Two factors make printing images a relatively slow process in a standard
network environment:
1. Because a PrintServer printer in a standard environment handles only
PostScript files, the files must be converted to PostScript format at
the user’s node, and then processed at the PrintServer printer by the
PostScript interpreter software.
2. Because PostScript Level 1 image files are large, it is time-consuming to
send them across the network to the printer.

The DECprint Supervisor product, versions 1.1 and later, is incompatible with all
versions of DEC Image Print-PLUS Client Services.

Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter 6–1

The DCPS software provides faster image printing capability because it:
•

Enables an image-capable printer to print DDIF bitonal images,
eliminating the need for conversion to PostScript Level 1 and processing by
the PostScript interpreter.

•

Makes use of decompression hardware built into the printer.

•

Allows compressed data to be transmitted across the network. The
compressed data reaches the printer faster.

6.2 Examples of Printing Image Files
The following print command sends the files directly to the printer for printing:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=queue-name /NOTIFY file-name.DDIF
The following print command translates the file to PostScript for printing:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=queue-name /NOTIFY /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=1 file-name.DDIF

6–2 Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter

7
Printing PCL Files
7.1 How PCL Files Are Printed
PCL files are printed in either of two ways:
1. PCL Translator
DCPS includes a translator for files containing PCL4 data, as supported by
the HP LaserJet IID printer. DCPS does not translate the PCL5, PCL6, or
HPGL printing languages. If the DECprint Supervisor software does not
automatically detect your PCL files, you can explicitly specify the PCL data
type using the DATA_TYPE parameter. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PCL MYFILE.PRN
2. Native PCL Mode
Some PostScript printers have a PCL mode that can be used by the DCPS
software. Your job is automatically printed in PCL mode if the printer
supports PCL and you do not specify parameters that require translation of
your file to PostScript. This is referred to as ‘‘native PCL’’ mode.
If your printer provides native PCL5 support, you can send HPGL files
to your printer if they are surrounded by the appropriate PCL5 escape
sequence.
Figure 7–1 shows how DCPS software processes PCL files.

Printing PCL Files 7–1

Figure 7–1 How DCPS Processes PCL Files

User submits a
PCL print job

Does
the print job
require
PostScript
processing
?

Yes

DECprint Supervisor
switches the printer
to PCL mode
and prints the file

Does DCPS
support the printer
in PCL mode
?

DECprint Supervisor
translates the PCL
file to PostScript and
prints the file in
PostScript mode

MR-6350-AI

7.2 Processing Files in Native PCL Mode
To take advantage of native PCL mode without jeopardizing any of its own
functions, the DCPS software does the following:
1. Prints the initial information about the print job (including the job and file
flag pages) in PostScript mode.
2. Sends a control sequence to the printer that changes the printer to PCL
mode.
3. Sends the PCL file directly to the printer and prints it.

7–2 Printing PCL Files

4. Switches the printer back to PostScript mode and prints the trailer page, if
any.
You can include both PostScript and PCL setup modules with your print job,
but the effects may vary from what you would get with a translated print job.
Most of the settings in a PostScript setup module do not affect PCL printing.
The settings in a PCL setup module affect the printed output as if they were
included in the print job file.
Setup modules can be invoked explicitly by using /SETUP, or implicitly by
using /FORM or queue defaults.
Most printers supported by DCPS have a native PCL interpreter. Refer to the
DCPS Software Product Description (SPD) for a complete list of the printers
that are supported in native PCL mode.

7.2.1 PRINT Parameters that Prevent Native PCL Usage
If you are printing a PCL file on a printer supported in native PCL mode,
your file is sent directly to the printer unless the print job requires special
PostScript processing. You cannot print PCL files directly to the printer in
native PCL mode if your print job includes one or more of the following PRINT
parameters:

/PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION
/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP
/PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT (for values greater than 1)
/PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT (if starting page greater than 1, or ending page
specified)

7.3 Processing Files with the PCL Translator
You can emulate the front panel settings of the Hewlett-Packard LaserJet
printer, using the following methods:
•

PRINT command parameters (Section 7.3.1)

•

Escape sequences (Section 7.3.2)

Printing PCL Files 7–3

7.3.1 Using Print Parameters to Modify PCL Print Jobs
Table 7–1 shows the PRINT parameters you can use to modify PCL print
jobs.
Table 7–1 PRINT Parameters that Emulate PCL Front Panel Settings
LaserJet IID
Front Panel
Selection

PRINT Parameter

#copies

/PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT

Reference

Section 1.5

duplex

/PARAMETERS=SIDES

Section 1.3

orientation

/PARAMETERS=PAGE_ORIENTATION1

Section 1.4

tray selection

/PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY

Section 3.1

paper size

/PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE

Section 10.4

manual feed

/PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY

Section 3.1

1 Instructions in the data file can override this PRINT parameter.

7.3.1.1 Using the PAGE_SIZE Parameter
You can select the page size with the PAGE_SIZE parameter. The following
page sizes are supported for PCL files:
7_envelope or Monarch
A4
A3
Business_envelope or COM10
C5_envelope
DL_envelope
Executive
Letter (A)
Legal
Ledger (B)
If you specify an unsupported page size, the PCL translator selects a supported
size that is closest to the size you specified.
Note
Page size commands in the PCL file override the page size you specify
in the PRINT parameter. You can create a PostScript setup module to
be applied to the translated file that redefines the page size operators

7–4 Printing PCL Files

so that they are ignored when the file is printed. See Section 7.3.3 for
information on creating setup modules.

7.3.1.2 Print Parameters Ignored for Native PCL
DCPS ignores the following print parameters when printing PCL files using
the native PCL capability of a supported printer:
INPUT_TRAY
OUTPUT_TRAY
PAGE_ORIENTATION
PAGE_SIZE
SHEET_SIZE
SIDES
In these cases the default setting of the printer takes effect. You can
manipulate PCL printer tray selection by inserting appropriate PCL escape
sequences in the print file or in setup modules.
Alternatively, you can have these parameters affect your job by forcing
translation to PostScript on the host. To force translation, use a DCPS feature
that forces translation such as PAGE_LIMIT or NUMBER_UP.

7.3.2 Using Escape Sequences to Modify PCL Print Jobs
The format of the front panel mode escape sequence is:
Escape Sequence Format
ESC

‘

value

Decimal Values
027

033

096

080
Note

This format shows spaces between the elements of the command for
clarity. Do not include spaces in your actual command.

Specify front panel settings by following these steps:
1. Enable front panel mode by specifying the Front Panel Mode escape
sequence with 1 for value.
2. Enter the PCL escape sequence to set the print attribute.

Printing PCL Files 7–5

3. Disable front panel mode by specifying the Front Panel Mode escape
sequence with 0 for value.
Front panel mode is also disabled by the PCL reset escape sequence (ESC E).
You can include PCL escape sequences for any of the following print attributes:
•

Symbol set

•

Spacing

•

Pitch

•

Height

•

Style

•

Stroke weight

•

Typeface (Courier and Lineprinter only)

•

Horizontal motion index

•

Vertical motion index

PCL escape sequences allow you to specify both a primary and a secondary
font. Escape sequences for both types of fonts can be included in the front
panel mode escape sequence for selecting a default font.
For example, a PCL escape sequence that sets the pitch to 16.66 characters per
inch (cpi) and ISO 17 Spanish symbol set is formatted as follows:
ESC ! ‘ 1 P ESC (s16.66H ESC (2S ESC ! ‘ 0 P
Note
This format shows spaces between the elements of the command for
clarity. Do not include spaces in your actual command.

This command includes escape sequences that do the following:
•

Enable front panel mode

•

Set 16.66 cpi (ESC (s16.66H)

•

Specify the ISO 17 symbol set (ESC (2S)

•

Disable front panel mode

7–6 Printing PCL Files

7.3.3 Using a Setup Module
To create a setup module, follow these steps:
1. Create a setup module that includes the necessary escape sequences or
PostScript operators.
2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into a PCL device
control library.
3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the file. For example:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PCL /SETUP=module-name
_$ file-name.DAT
For example, the following PostScript setup module redefines the tray select
escape sequence (a4tray). The PCL file contains a page size command to
select A4 paper. If your printer does not support A4 paper, you must make
the printing system ignore the page size command to print the file. You create
a PostScript setup module that redefines the PostScript operator to select A4
paper, as follows:
statusdict begin
/a4tray {} def
end

7.3.4 How the PCL Translator Differs from that in the LaserJet IID
Printer
When producing a file to be printed using the PCL translator, choose the
LaserJet IID printer from your application. There are incompatibilities among
LaserJet printers; therefore, files created for a LaserJet model other than the
LaserJet IID printer may not be printed as expected.
The PCL translator handles PCL files like the LaserJet IID printer, except in
the following cases:
•

If two files require the same font or macro, the font or macro is not
preserved from one file in the print job to the next. Fonts and macros are
preserved between setup modules and data files, so fonts and macros can
be specified in a setup module. See Section 7.5.

•

If the PCL file uses the Lineprinter typeface, the translator uses 8.5-point
Courier in its place.

•

If a final partial page is not ejected by the PCL stream, the translator
ejects it.

Printing PCL Files 7–7

•

If the file contains a Font Control command that has the copy/assign font
option of the Font Control command, the translator generates a userdata
message.

•

If the file contains commands to activate Display Functions mode, PCL
commands and data are discarded. They are not displayed.

Documentation specifying the PCL language is available from HewlettPackard. The documentation specific to the LaserJet IID includes:
HP LaserJet IID Printer Technical Reference
Manual

HP part number 33447 90905

HP LaserJet IID Printer User’s Manual

HP part number 33447 90901

PCL files can be automatically recognized by the DECprint Supervisor
software. Files that begin with the PCL reset escape sequence (ESC E) or have
a file extension identified as a PCL data type are automatically recognized as
PCL files.

7.4 Changing the Input Tray
A PCL file may contain instructions to select the printer input tray on a
Hewlett-Packard LaserJet IID printer. When you print this file on a different
type of printer, the print job will fail if the specified input tray is not available.
You can modify the print job to redefine the input tray selection command,
using a PostScript setup module. You can create a PostScript setup module to
redefine the appropriate PostScript operators, changing the selected input tray.
The following example shows a PostScript setup module to select PostScript
tray 3 for the upper input tray, and PostScript tray 1 for the bottom input tray.
/settoptray {statusdict begin 3 setpapertray end} def
/setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def
Input tray values are specific to the printer. Refer to the PostScript
documentation for your printer to determine the numbers for the available
trays.
The input tray selection commands, and the PostScript operators to which the
PCL translator converts them, are listed in Table 7–2. The translator uses
the default setpapertray value if no other value has been defined. A setup
module with a different value overrides the default value.

7–8 Printing PCL Files

Table 7–2 PCL-to-PostScript Input Tray Command Mapping
PCL Commands

PostScript Extension Operator

Default setpapertray
Value

Upper tray

settoptray

Manual input

setmanualfeedtray

Manual envelope input

setmanualfeedtray

Lower tray

setbottomtray

Optional large tray

setlcittray

Envelope feeder

setenvelopefeedertray

7.5 Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Print Jobs
If your PCL file requires soft fonts to be loaded in the printer, or macros for
defining forms or raster graphics, you can download the font or macro using
PCL setup modules.
It is not necessary to declare the fonts and macros permanent. You must
declare fonts and macros permanent only if the setup module or file contains a
reset escape sequence.
The system manager must create a device control library designated
for PCL setup modules, and include that library in the search list in
DCPS$STARTUP.COM, as described in the DCPS System Manager’s Guide.
PCL setup modules from the PCL device control library are handled differently
from ANSI and PostScript setup modules. Records from a PCL module are
not appended with carriage-control characters (<CR><LF>), because PCL
setup modules can include binary data, such as PCL fonts and raster graphics.
If the PCL setup module contains lines of text that must be separated by
carriage-control characters, you must explicitly specify them in the PCL setup
module.
You can include a soft font or macro in a print job by:
•

Using a setup module (see Section 7.5.1)

•

Including the font or macro file in the print job (see Section 7.5.2)

Printing PCL Files 7–9

7.5.1 Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Setup Modules
To include a soft font or macro in a setup module, follow these steps:
1. Include the PCL escape sequence to give the font or macro an identifier at
the beginning of the file.
2. Make sure the file is in a format acceptable to the OpenVMS Librarian
Utility. The record format must be either Variable Length or Fixed Length.
3. Have your system manager insert the file into the PCL device control
library using the following command:
$ LIBRARY /INSERT /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:pcl-library-name font-filename
To print the PCL file that requires the font or macro, use the following
command:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=queue-name /SETUP=font-filename data-filename.PCL
Your system manager can include the setup module in a form definition, which
can be associated with a queue by default. With this setup, you need only
specify the data file name and the queue name in your PRINT command.

7.5.2 Including Font and Macro Files in PCL Print Jobs
You can print files that require soft fonts or macros by having the application
include the font or macro in the data file. Or you can create a file that contains
the font or macro and the data file.

7.6 PC Driver Settings to Avoid Problems with PJL and
TBCP
Two printing protocols may cause problems with DCPS. These are HP
PJL (Print Job Language), and HP TBCP (Tagged Binary Communication
Protocol). Documents created from a Windows application can have these
protocols included in the files. These protocols can be quite useful in some
environments, but sometimes cause problems for DCPS or for printers other
than the type for which the document was created. A brief description of PJL
and TBCP is included below, followed by instructions to prevent problems with
DCPS.

7–10 Printing PCL Files

7.6.1 Description of PJL and TBCP
PJL is a command language that allows job-level printer control. TBCP is a
communications protocol for the serial, LAT, and parallel ports of a printer.
It allows 8-bit binary data in files concurrent with the use of some control
characters for communications and print job control. You cannot print TBCP
to printers that do not support TBCP, or to ports other than the serial, LAT or
parallel ports for printers. When an application is creating files for printing to
printers that support PJL or TBCP, the files can include PJL and TBCP.

7.6.2 Steps to Prevent Problems with DECprint Supervisor
When printing files that include PJL, DCPS strips any PJL code from the file.
This process allows DCPS to use PJL to switch print protocols in the printer,
and enables the printing of these files on printers that do not support PJL.
If the interconnect to the printer is not serial or LAT, the file must not use the
TBCP. DCPS does not remove TBCP characters.
7.6.2.1 Preventing Problems with PostScript
When an application is generating PostScript output, use the following
guidelines:
Whether printing to a printer or saving to a file, it is best to avoid both TBCP
and PJL.
If the interconnect is serial or LAT then TBCP may be used. If the interconnect
is raw TCP/IP or AppleTalk, then TBCP must be disabled. Because detailed
information about the printer and queue may not be available to a Windows
user, HP recommends that TBCP be disabled.
Disable the ‘‘Tagged Binary’’ item from the Advanced Options Menu of printer
drivers that offer this option. This disables TBCP, and the TBCP introducer is
not included in the file. Note that disabling the Performance item ‘‘Binary’’ in
the PostScript Option menu is not sufficient. The file will not include binary
data, but will include the TBCP introducer, which will cause PostScript errors.
7.6.2.2 Problems with PCL
DCPS removes all PJL commands from PCL files, which may result in
problems when printing these files. Because drivers for PCL Level 5 printers
use PJL to select advanced printing features such as the configuration of
the Resolution Enhancement hardware (RET), page protection, and print
resolution, the print job may not print as expected without the PJL commands.
Moreover, the PCL is sent to the printer only if DCPS supports printing PCL
directly to the printer. Otherwise, the PCL (Level 4) translator is used.

Printing PCL Files 7–11

If problems arise with PCL output, an alternative would be to generate
PostScript output if the application allows for it.

7.7 Interaction Between Native PCL Printing and Automatic
DATA_TYPE Detection
Jobs that use DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC=PCL may print with unexpected
results. In particular, files printed as PCL which contain commands to switch
to PostScript may be printed entirely as PCL. This result occurs if all of the
following cases are true:
•

DCPS does not detect the data type of the file by looking at the first few
bytes of the file or by matching the file extension to a data type.

•

The target printer can print PCL files as well as PostScript files.

•

DCPS supports use of the PCL language interpreter in the printer.

•

There are no other print qualifiers that require the file to be printed using
the PCL translator (for example, NUMBER_UP or PAGE_LIMIT).

Under these circumstances, DCPS uses the PCL language interpreter in the
printer, and does not look for a switch to PostScript. Also, the automatic
language sensing feature of the printer is not used to detect the file’s switch
from the PCL language to the PostScript language because DCPS specifies
the file’s data type as PCL, which disables any auto language sensing by the
printer. You can use one of the following workarounds:
1. Set up the print queue to use AUTOMATIC, but select ANSI as the default
data type. Generally, the text part of files that include both text and
PostScript is simple ACSII text that is handled properly by both the ANSI
and PCL translators.
2. Ensure that the PCL translator is used for all PCL files, by setting up the
print queue with a qualifier that requires the use of the PCL translator
(include the PAGE_LIMIT parameter as a default queue parameter). Note,
however, that the PCL translator interprets PCL level 4. The printers
for which DCPS supports printing in native PCL mode have PCL level 5
language interpreters.

7–12 Printing PCL Files

7.8 Native PCL Mode Concatenates Files
If the PCL language interpreter in a printer is used to print PCL files and a
job includes multiple PCL files, the PCL files are concatenated. DCPS does
not ensure that the files begin on new pages, or even that the last line of the
first PCL file does not get printed over by the first line of the next PCL file.
Concatenation can occur if:
•

The files do not ensure that the page is ejected from the printer. To print
PCL files correctly, Hewlett-Packard recommends that the files begin and
end with the PCL reset sequence <ESC>E.

•

Multiple files are specified and two or more files in sequence are PCL

•

/COPIES is used on a PCL file

•

/JOB_COUNT is used and two or more PCL files are printed in sequence

If concatenated PCL files are not acceptable, the following workarounds can be
used:
•

Create and use a PCL setup module to include the PCL reset sequence in
the data stream before a file prints.

•

Print using the PCL translator by specifying a parameter that forces DCPS
to use the PCL translator (for example, NUMBER_UP, or PAGE_LIMIT)

•

Print the job and specify a file separation page between all files
(PRINT/FLAG).

Printing PCL Files 7–13

8
Printing Proprinter Files
DCPS includes a translator for Proprinter files, allowing PostScript printers to
emulate the IBM Proprinter XL24. If your Proprinter file is not automatically
recognized by the DECprint Supervisor software, you can explicitly specify the
Proprinter data type using the DATA_TYPE parameter. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER MYFILE.PRO
Note
Because of incompatibilities among Proprinter printers, files created
for Proprinter models other than the XL24 printer may not print as
expected. For best results, when producing a file to be printed using
the Proprinter translator, specify the Proprinter XL24 as the printer
model in your application.

8.1 Proprinter Translator Versus the Proprinter Printer
The DCPS translator for Proprinter files differs from the operation of the
Proprinter XL24 printer in the following ways:
•

The XL24 printer does not print two adjacent horizontal dots for some
types of raster graphics, while the translator prints all data specified in
the raster graphic. The translator supplies a special escape sequence that
allows you to specify the print attribute that causes the translator to drop
alternate dots (see Section 8.6).

•

The translator does not require AGM mode to be enabled to process the
AGM raster graphic escape sequence (ESC *).

•

The translator does not contain the bitmaps for the XL24 built-in fonts.
Therefore, the prefill commands do not store bitmaps or initialize lookup
tables to point at bitmaps. Any Proprinter data stream that relies on
bitmap initialization will fail.

Printing Proprinter Files 8–1

•

The translator can print either 9-wire or 24-wire downloaded fonts. The
mode is determined by the escape sequence that the translator encounters
first:
If the Character Font Image Download escape sequence is encountered
first, the mode is determined by the escape sequence.
If the Select Print Mode escape sequence is encountered first, the mode
is determined by the translator’s Front Panel Mode escape sequence
(see Section 8.3).

•

The XL24 does not underscore or overscore the lower integral and square
root characters. The Proprinter translator underscores and overscores
these characters.

Documentation specifying the Proprinter language is available from IBM. The
documentation specific to the Proprinter and the XL24 includes:
IBM’s Proprinter Family Technical Reference

IBM part number SC31-2587-3

IBM’s Proprinter X24E and XL24 Guide to
Operations

IBM part number SA34-2106-0

8.2 How DECprint Supervisor Recognizes Proprinter Files
DECprint Supervisor recognizes the Proprinter data type if the files have the
following characteristics:
•

They begin with an ANSI escape sequence.

•

They have a file extension that links them to a Proprinter data type.

If your Proprinter file does not meet these criteria, you can explicitly specify
the data type by including the DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER parameter in your
PRINT command.

8.3 Modifying the Default State of the Proprinter Translator
The default state of the XL24 can be modified from its front panel and from
its DIP switches. Emulate these settings in your print job using PRINT
parameters and the translator-specific front panel escape sequences. Table 8–1
shows the print attributes that you can modify using PRINT parameters.

8–2 Printing Proprinter Files

Table 8–1 PRINT Parameters that Affect Proprinter Settings
Print Attribute

PRINT Parameter

Reference

orientation

/PARAMETERS=PAGE_ORIENTATION

Section 1.4

tray selection

/PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY

Section 3.1

paper size

/PARAMETERS=PAGE_SIZE

Section 10.7

1 Instructions in the data file can override this PRINT parameter.

All of the print attributes on the XL24 front panel and DIP switches can be
modified in the Proprinter translator using the appropriate front panel mode
escape sequence.
The format of the front panel mode escape sequence is:
Escape Sequence Format
ESC

‘

count-low count-high item-id new-value-low [new-value-high]

Decimal Values
027

096
Note

This format shows spaces between the elements of the command for
clarity. Do not include spaces in your actual command.

This escape sequence allows you to specify:
•

count-low and count-high bytes to indicate the number of bytes to follow.

•

item-id, which identifies the item to be changed. The item-id values and
the corresponding attributes are listed in Table 8–2.

•

new-value is the default translator state for the item, assumed if the
translator performs a reset. If this command is stored in a setup module,
the default state is applied to the data file following the setup module.

Do not use ASCII encoded numerals (1, 2, 3, . . . ) to specify the count bytes,
item-id, and new-value in the escape sequence. Instead, use ASCII characters
whose numeric codes represent the values you want. For example, zero is
represented by the NULL code; 126 is represented by the tilde character ( ~ ).

Printing Proprinter Files 8–3

The print attributes that you can change using this escape sequence are listed
in Table 8–2. The item-id is listed first, followed by a description of the print
attribute. The third column shows the default Proprinter translator behavior
for this print attribute. The last column shows how to present the value for
each item.
Table 8–2 Proprinter Print Attributes
Item-Id

Description

Default Translator Value

You Specify . . .

Slashed 0

Default: 0

1 or 0.

Auto NL

Default: 0

1 or 0.

Form length

Default: based on logical page
length. See Section 8.4.2.

The page length in points (72
units per inch). Any value is
allowed.

Character
set

Default: Set 1

1 indicates character set 1.
2 indicates character set 2.

Auto CR

Default: 0

1 or 0.

Margins

Default: based on logical page
width. See Section 8.4.2.

The page width in points (72 units
per inch). Any value is allowed.

Ignore FF

This determines whether form
feeds are ignored at the top of
form. Default: 1

1 or 0.

12 cpi comp.

There are three options: 12,
17.1, or 20 cpi. Default: 12

2 indicates 12 cpi.
3 indicates 17.1 cpi.
4 indicates 20 cpi.

Code page

Default: 437

The code page value: 437 or 850.

AGM

Default: disabled

1 or 0.

Left offset

Default: 18 points (1/4 in.)

The left offset in points. Any value
is allowed.

Top offset

Default: 36 points (1/2 in.)

The top offset in points. Any value
is allowed. This is the position of
the baseline of the first line of the
file.

Characters
per inch

Default: 10 cpi

1 indicates 10 cpi.
2 indicates 12 cpi.
3 indicates 17.1 cpi.
4 indicates 20 cpi.
5 indicates proportional.

Emphasize

Default: 0

1 or 0.

8–4 Printing Proprinter Files

Table 8–2 (Cont.) Proprinter Print Attributes
Item-Id

Description

Default Translator Value

You Specify . . .

Dbl Wide

Default: 0 (single)

1 or 0.

Dbl High

Default: 0 (single)

1 or 0.

Printer ID

Number for use with ERDPR.
Default: 23

The printer ID number.

9-wire or
24-wire
downloaded
fonts

A flag that determines 9-wire (0)
or 24-wire (1) emulation. This
is required so that appropriate
downloaded fonts are selected
with ESC I.
Default: 24-wire

1 or 0.

Grey
bitmaps

A flag that is true if bitmaps are
printed dark gray (85% black).
Default: 0

1 or 0.

Printer ID

Number for use with ERSIC.
Default: 3

The printer ID number.

Alternate
dots

A flag that determines whether
alternate dots are dropped in
certain graphics modes.
Default: 0

1 or 0.

8.3.1 Creating a Setup Module for Proprinter Commands
The front panel mode commands affect the way a file is printed if the
commands are in a setup module and the setup module is specified with
the file in the PRINT command. To use front panel commands to affect a print
job, use the following procedure:
1. Create a setup module that includes the necessary front panel mode
commands.
2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into a Proprinter
device control library.
3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the file. For example:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER _$ /SETUP=module-name file-name.DAT
The system manager can include the setup module in a form definition, which
can be associated with a queue by default. In this case, you need only specify
the data file name and the queue name in the PRINT command.

Printing Proprinter Files 8–5

For example, to change the default character set of the translator from code
page 437, character set 1, to code page 850, character set 2, create a setup
module that contains the following escape sequence:
Escape Sequence Format
ESC ‘

ETX NUL CR R

ETX ESC ‘

STX NUL ENQ STX

Decimal Values
027 096 003 000 013 082 003 027 096 002 000 005 002
Note
These examples show spaces between the elements of the command for
clarity. Do not include spaces in your actual command.

To change the translator from printing on just 10 inches of a letter-size sheet
to printing on all 11 inches of the sheet, create a setup module that includes
the following escape sequences:
Escape Sequence Format
ESC ’

STX NUL DC1 LF ESC ’

ETX NUL EOT CAN ETX

Decimal Values
027 096 002 000 017 010 027 096 003 000 004 024 003
This front panel command changes the top offset to 10 points, and sets the text
length to 11 inches. Because most laser printers cannot print on the entire
sheet, you may need to scale the page using the NUMBER_UP or LAYUP
parameters to fit within the printable area.

8.4 Changing the Printable Area
Applications that create files for Proprinter print jobs assume that the entire
page is available for printing. Dot matrix printers, such as Proprinter devices,
use the full page. Laser printers, such as those supported by the DCPS
software, have a printable area that is often smaller than the entire page, and
leave a blank margin around the printable area.
The software that translates Proprinter files for PostScript printing formats
the text so that it prints only within the printable area on the laser printer.
Specifically, the translator formats the text so that it does not print within 1/4
inch of the left and right edges of the page, nor within 1/2 inch of the bottom
edge. The first line of a file prints with its baseline 1/2 inch from the top edge
of the page. This is illustrated in Figure 8–1.
8–6 Printing Proprinter Files

Figure 8–1 Proprinter Default Printable Area

Left margin:
1/4 inch

The Proprinter file is translated by the
DECprint Supervisor software for printing
on the PostScript printer.
During
translation, the pages may be truncated to
fit in the laser printer's printable area. This
can result in a printed document with more
pages than you intended.
You can correct the problem by:
1.
Reducing the page size to fit on one
sheet.
2.
Reducing the image size to fit
within the laser printer's printable
area.
The laser printer will print your pages with
blank space around the printable area,
without affecting the aspect ratio of the
page.

Bottom edge:
1/2 inch

Base line of first line
of text is 1/2 inch from
top of sheet.

Right margin:
1/4 inch

MR-6351-AI

Printing Proprinter Files 8–7

8.4.1 Proprinter Files That Do Not Fit on the Page
When you print a Proprinter file, you may find that a page that should fit on
one page requires two pages, as shown in Figure 8–2.
Figure 8–2 Proprinter Page on Two PostScript Pages

The DECprint Supervisor software
translates the Proprinter file to PostScript for
printing on the PostScript laser printer. The
laser printer cannot utilize 100% of the sheet,
so the translator adjusts the format of the page
to fit within the printable area.
This can cause problems if you are
printing a document that uses the entire sheet.
The translator can cause a single Proprinter
page to overflow to a second page. To fix this
problem:
1.
Include a Proprinter setup module that
changes the translator to use the entire
page.
2.
Shrink the resulting page to fit in the
printable area, using one of the
following qualifiers:

Output from Proprinter printer

The
DECprint
Supervisor
software translates the Proprinter file to
PostScript for printing on the PostScript
laser printer. The laser printer cannot
utilize 100% of the sheet, so the
translator adjusts the format of the page to
fit within the printable area.
This can cause problems if you
are printing a document that uses the
entire sheet. The translator can cause a
single Proprinter page to overflow to a
second page. To fix this problem:
1.
Include a Proprinter setup module
that changes the translator to use
the entire page.
2.
Shrink the resulting page to fit in

the printable area, using one of
the following qualifiers:

Output from PostScript printer
MR-6352-AI

You can correct this problem by using a setup module that causes the
translator to put more lines on the page.
For example, to change the translator from printing on 10 inches of a lettersize sheet to printing on 11 inches of the sheet, create a setup module to scale
the page. Include the following escape sequences:
Proprinter Escape Sequence Format
ESC ’

STX NUL DC1 LF ESC ’

ETX NUL EOT CAN ETX

Decimal Values
027 096 002 000 017 010 027 096 003 000 004 024 003
Note
These examples show spaces between the elements of the command for
clarity. Do not include spaces in your actual command.

This changes the top offset to 10 points, and sets the text length to 11 inches.

8–8 Printing Proprinter Files

The new output may also need to be scaled because the text prints off the
bottom of the page (see Figure 8–3).
Figure 8–3 Proprinter Page Too Long

The
DECprint
Supervisor
software translates the Proprinter file to
PostScript for printing on the PostScript
laser printer. The laser printer cannot
utilize 100% of the sheet, so the
translator adjusts the format of the page to
fit within the printable area.
This can cause problems if you
are printing a document that uses the
entire sheet. The translator can cause a
single Proprinter page to overflow to a
second page. To fix this problem:
1.
Include a Proprinter setup module
that changes the translator to use
the entire page.
2.
Shrink the resulting page to fit in
the printable area, using one of the
following qualifiers.

MR-6353-AI

You can correct this problem by scaling the page image. To scale the page
image, specify any one of the following qualifiers for the print job:
/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=1
/PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=BORDERS
/PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=layup-file-name
The DCPS software includes an example layup definition file that
shrinks the size of the logical page to fit within the normal laser printer
margins. The example file PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE.LUP is supplied in
SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]. Ask your system manager to
copy it to the DCPS$LAYUP area if it is not already there. Then you can
specify the layup definition file in the PRINT command, as follows:
$ PRINT file-name.PRO /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE

Printing Proprinter Files 8–9

The final output is illustrated in Figure 8–4.
Figure 8–4 Proprinter Page Adjusted to Fit PostScript Page

MR-6354-AI

8.4.2 Specifying the Page Size for Proprinter Print Jobs
You can select the page size with the /PARAMETERS=PAGE_SIZE qualifier.
All page size values are supported by the Proprinter translator. The translator
will print within the area of the page specified by the PAGE_SIZE parameter
except for a small area around the edge of the page. The area around the edge
of the page is specified by the top offset and the left offset (see Table 8–2).
The top offset specifies the position of the baseline of the first line of the page
as well as the default margin at the bottom of the page. The default top offset
is 1/2 inch.
The left offset specifies the area at the left edge of the page as well as the
default margin at the right edge of the page. The default left offset is 1/4 inch.
If your application allows for a margin around the page, you can decrease these
offsets.
If you need a page size that is not supported by DECprint Supervisor, you can
explicitly specify the page size using the front panel mode escape sequences for
form length and margins (see Table 8–2). These escape sequences specify the
length and width of the page measured from the offsets.

8–10 Printing Proprinter Files

8.5 Specifying the Input Tray for Proprinter Print Jobs
A Proprinter file may contain instructions to select the printer input tray on a
Proprinter printer. When you print this file on a different type of printer, the
print job will fail if the specified input tray is not available. You can modify
the print job to redefine the input tray selection command, using a PostScript
setup module. Your system manager can create a setup module to redefine the
appropriate Postscript operators, as in the following which shows the contents
of a setup module that selects tray 3 for the upper input tray, and tray 1 for
the bottom input tray.
/settoptray {statusdict begin 3 setpapertray end} def
/setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def
Input tray values are specific to the printer. Refer to the PostScript
documentation for your printer to determine the numbers for the available
trays.
The input tray selection commands, and the PostScript operators to which
the Proprinter translator converts them, are listed in Table 8–3. The default
setpapertray value is the value that the translator uses if no other value has
been defined. A setup module with a different value would override the default
value.
Table 8–3 PostScript Operators for Changing Input Trays
PostScript Extension
Operator

Default setpapertray
Value

Upper tray

settoptray

Lower tray

setbottomtray

Envelope feeder

setenvelopefeedertray

Bin

Meaning

No change

1
2
3

8.6 Including Soft Fonts in Proprinter Print Jobs
If your Proprinter file requires soft fonts to be loaded in the printer, you can
download the font using Proprinter setup modules.
The system manager must create a device control library designated for
Proprinter setup modules and include that library in the search list in
DCPS$STARTUP.COM, as described in the DCPS System Manager’s Guide.

Printing Proprinter Files 8–11

Proprinter setup modules from the Proprinter device control library are
handled differently from ANSI and PostScript setup modules. Records from
a Proprinter module are not appended with carriage control characters
(<CR><LF>) because Proprinter setup modules can include binary data,
such as Proprinter fonts and raster graphics. If the Proprinter setup module
contains lines of text that must be separated by carriage control characters,
you must explicitly specify them in the Proprinter setup module.
Proprinter setup modules are processed without a subsequent page eject
command, so that anything printed by such setup modules will appear on the
first page of the file.

8–12 Printing Proprinter Files

9
Using the List Data Type
The List data type is a list numbering tool that prints line-oriented text in a
format that is easier to read. The List data type creates output that has:
•

The file name at the top of each page

•

The page number at the top of each page

•

Line numbers for each line of the file

•

Horizontal gray bars shading each page

•

An end marker to indicate the end of the file

Figure 9–1 is an example of a page printed using the List data type.

Using the List Data Type 9–1

Figure 9–1 List Data Type Output

myfile.txt;1

Page 1

1 PRINTING PCL FILES
2
3 The DECprint Supervisor version 1.1 software features improvements in
4 printing PCL files.
5
6 Some of the new PostScript printers have PCL emulation mode that can
7 be used by the DECprint Supervisor software. For printers that are
8 specifically supported in PCL emulation mode, this mode is
9 automatically used to print your PCL files. The DCPS-PLUS license is
10 not required for printing PCL files this way.
11
12 The DECprint Supervisor software prints PCL files on PostScript-only
13 printers by translating the files to PostScript for printing on all
14 supported printers. Translating PCL files for printing requires the
15 DCPS-PLUS license.
16
17 USING PCL MODE IN THE PRINTER
18
19 If you are printing a PCL file on one of these printer models, your
20 file is sent directly to the printer, unless your print job requires
21 special PostScript processing. That is, you cannot print PCL files
22 directly to the printer in PCL mode if your print job includes one or
23 more of the following PRINT parameters:
24
/PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION
25
/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP
26
/PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT
27
/PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT
28
29
30 PCL FONTS AND MACROS
31
32 The DECprint Supervisor version 1.0 software provides printing of PCL
33 files. However, if you use a setup module to downline load fonts or
34 macros for printing the PCL file, the escape sequences for loading
35 them must be declared permanent.
36
37 With the DECprint Supervisor version 1.1 software, it is not necessary
38 to declare the fonts and macros permanent. You must declare fonts and
39 macros to be permanent only if the setup module or file contains a
40 reset escape sequence. See the DECprint Supervisor User's guide for
41 more information about using setup modules to include macros and fonts
42 for PCL files.
end

MR-6405-AI

9–2 Using the List Data Type

9.1 Using the List Data Type
Use the following PRINT parameter to print your text document using the List
data type:
/PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=LIST
For example, to print the file XREPORT.TXT using the List data type, enter
the following command:
$ PRINT XREPORT.TXT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=LIST
By default, DCPS prints using the List data type if the file extension is one of
the following:
B32
H

BAS
HXX

BLI
MAR

C
MMS

CBL
PAS

COM
PLI

CPP
R32

CXX
REQ

FOR

See the DCPS System Manager’s Guide for information about changing this
list.

9.2 Using OpenVMS Forms with the List Data Type
The List data type ignores form settings for margins, page width, and so forth
when formatting pages. It creates a page with maximum content at a size
compatible with both A (Letter) and A4 paper:
Portrait orientation: 80 columns, 70 lines
Landscape orientation: 132 columns, 55 lines
However, any setup modules invoked by the form definition are applied to the
print job.

Using the List Data Type 9–3

10
Using Advanced Page Layouts
This chapter describes how to print different types of files on a PostScript
printer, and shows how to access the printer-specific features. Some features
are not supported by all types of printers. You should be aware of the type of
file you are printing, and the capabilities of your printer.
There are many types of PostScript printers with unique capabilities and
features. Make sure your printer can perform the functions you specify in the
print job. If your printer does not have a capability you request (for example,
two-sided printing), your print job may be terminated and a message displayed
to inform you of the problem. Some of the unique capabilities that may be
available on your printer include:
•

Two-sided (duplex) printing

•

Variable paper sizes (envelopes, B-size paper, and so forth)

•

Multiple input trays and input tray selection

•

Multiple output trays and output tray selection

•

Color printing

In addition to these printer-specific features, make sure the type of media you
request is loaded in the printer before you enter the PRINT command.

10.1 Printing Two-Sided Documents
To select two-sided printing, use the SIDES parameter to the PRINT command.
The SIDES parameter provides the printing features listed in Table 10–1.

Using Advanced Page Layouts 10–1

Table 10–1 Values for SIDES Parameter
Value

Definition

1, ONE, or
ONE_SIDED_SIMPLEX

Your job prints on one side of the sheet.

2, TWO, or
TWO_SIDED_DUPLEX

Your job prints on both sides of the sheet. The second side
is reached by turning the page about its left edge, as in the
binding of a book.

TUMBLE or
TWO_SIDED_TUMBLE

Your job prints on both sides of the sheet, and alternating
pages are rotated 180 degrees. Figure 10–2 shows the
format for two-sided tumble printing. The second side is
reached by turning the page about its top edge, as in some
legal documents.

ONE_SIDED_DUPLEX

Your job prints on one side of the sheet but alternate
pages may be offset for binding. Retains page layout for
duplex printing for copying on duplex copiers. Reflects the
placement of margins and page numbers.

ONE_SIDED_TUMBLE

Your job prints on one side of the sheet, and alternating
pages are rotated 180 degrees. This allows you to make
a tumble-formatted copy to take to a copying facility for
multiple copies. Reflects the placement of margins and page
numbers.

TWO_SIDED_SIMPLEX

Your job is printed on both sides of a sheet. This setting
does not reflect the placement of margins.

10–2 Using Advanced Page Layouts

10.2 Specifying Landscape and Tumble Printing
Files printed in landscape orientation (text printed parallel to the long edge of
the paper) are, by default, printed in tumble mode when printed on two sides
of the paper (see Figure 10–1). This provides output that can be bound along
the top and flipped for reading.
Figure 10–1 Landscape Orientation with Two-Sided Printing

Page 1

TABLE
S h 1 - AVAILABLE SHEET SIZES
TA
ee
t N
BL
aSmize in
S ize in M illim e t er s
EIn c h e s
e
ER
1
- A
VA
5 .8 x 1 1Sin
i .
ILA
BL
8 .3 x 1 1 .7 in .
Page
2
E

L
Sheet Na mEeT T

A5
A4

1 1 .7 x 1 6 .5 in .

216 x 356 mm

7 .2 x 1 0 .1 in .

191 x 267 mm

1 0 .1 x 1 4 .3 in .

216 x 279 mm

MLO-001853

To print pages in portrait orientation and tumble mode (as shown in
Figure 10–2), use the SIDES=TUMBLE parameter. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SIDES=TUMBLE MYFILE.PS

Using Advanced Page Layouts 10–3

Figure 10–2 Portrait Orientation with Two-Sided Tumble Printing

10.1.1 Message Format

Code

Meaning

The prefix to all primary messages

The prefix to all continuation messages

The severity level of the message

ident

An abbreviation of the message

10.1.2 Severity Level

The severity levels of PrintServer messages are listed here.
Code Meaning
S

Success-successful completion of the request

Informational-may or may not require user action

Warning-request may not have completed and may require
user action

Error-system encountered an error which may be recoverable

Fatal-system encountered a fatal error and cannot continue
processing this request

10-2 PrintServer System Messages

refer to the VAX/VMS System Messages and Recovery Procedures
Reference Manual
In some cases, the User Action requests that you submit a Software
Performance Report (SPR). For information on how to do this, refer to
the VAX/VMS System Manager’s Reference Manual.
ABORTPEND, Pending job jobnumber aborted
Explanation: A job that was pending on the PrintServer
queue has been removed from the queue by the server management Abort Job command.
User Action: None; this is a confirmation message.
ABORTSRVMGT, Job jobnumber aborted by Server Management
Explanation: The specied job on the PrintServer queue was
aborted by the server Management Abort Job Command.
C
User Action: A
None.
NT
CH
EC
BADLAYDEF, error on line number
KP in layup definition
NT
Ex
,
Explanation: There
qu pislanan error Cinhethe layup definition file
ckp
ati print job.
you have included
uinedyour
oin
. T on: A
Us
ted
he
e
pthe layup definition
r A the line
User Action: Check
file that
job
join
b wrintChapter
ct messages.
is indicated in the error
5 ofjothis
ill job
bn manual
um
prin wa
describes the layup definition options.
ber
t fr s sto
is r
om pp
ed
equ
DEFPASSWD, Bad password
.
and
este
h
d
Explanation: An invalid password has been sent to the
printer. Is there a difference between this and the
PSWDNOTOK message???
User Action:???

PrintServer System Messages 10-5

MLO-001751

10–4 Using Advanced Page Layouts

If you need a landscape oriented document printed on two sides and bound
along the short edge (see Figure 10–3), use both the SIDES=TUMBLE and the
PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE parameters in the PRINT command.
For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SIDES=TUMBLE,PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE) MYFILE.PS

Figure 10–3 Landscape Orientation with Two-Sided Tumble Printing

t N

Page 3

TABLE 1 - AVAILABLE
SHEET SIZES
A4

LETTER

A3
S ize
B 5in In c h e s
B
8 .54x 1 1 in .

LEDGER

1 1 x 1 7 in .

LEGAL

8 .5 x 1 4 in .

2 1 6 x 3 5 6 mm

EXECUTIVE

7 .5 x 1 0 .5 in .

1 9 1 x 2 6 7 mm

8 .5 x 1 1 in .

2 1 6 x 2 7 9 mm

1 1 x 1 7 in .

2 7 9 x 4 3 2 mm

Sh e e t N a m e

S ize in M i l l i met er s
2 1 6 x 2 7 9 mm
2 7 9 x 4 3 2 mm

MLO-001852

If you specify SIDES=TUMBLE for a print job destined for a printer that does
not support tumble printing, your print job is terminated and the following
message is displayed:
DCPS-E-TUMBNOSUP, printer-name does not support tumble printing
To display the SIDES parameter values that are supported by your printer,
enter the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER SIDES command and select the
subtopic that describes your printer.

Using Advanced Page Layouts 10–5

10.3 Specifying Multiple PostScript Files in Duplex Print
Jobs
The DECprint Supervisor software treats adjacent PostScript files in a print
job as if they were combined into a single file. Therefore, when you print
multiple PostScript files in one duplex print job, pages from one file may be
printed on the same sheet with pages from another file. All other types of files
automatically start on a new sheet.
Use the following command to print two PostScript files using both sides of the
sheet:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS
If FILE1.PS has three pages, page 1 is printed on the front of the first sheet;
page 2 is printed on the back of the first sheet; and page 3 is printed on the
front of the next sheet. Then, page 1 of FILE2.PS is printed on the back of
that sheet, and so on.
To begin printing each new file on a new sheet, use the /FLAG, /BURST, or
/TRAILER qualifier to print a file separation page between files. For example,
the following command prints FILE1.PS and FILE2.PS and includes a flag
page between each file:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$DUPLEX /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 /FLAG FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS

10.4 Specifying the Physical Sheet Size
You can specify the size of the physical sheet or type of media on which to print
your file. The DECprint Supervisor software may assume this information
automatically from the:
•

Information inside the file

•

Printer’s default input tray

•

Logical page size specified in the PRINT command (see Section 10.7).

You can explicitly request a certain sheet size by including the SHEET_SIZE
parameter in your PRINT command to specify a value that describes the
physical media size. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE=A4 MYFILE.PS
To list the values available with your printer, enter the HELP PRINT_
PARAMETER SHEET_SIZE command and select the subtopic that describes
your printer.

10–6 Using Advanced Page Layouts

Some sheet sizes are known by multiple names, as listed in Table 10–2. You
may use any of these names to specify a sheet size to DCPS. The DCPS term is
the term that DCPS prints on the trailer page and reports in error messages.
Table 10–2 Sheet and Page Size Synonyms
DCPS Term

Synonym

Business_Envelope

Com10

7_Envelope

Monarch

Halfletter

Statement

10.5 Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the Sheet
You can print more than one page on each side of a sheet of paper. Printing
this way saves paper and provides customized printed documents. Figure 10–4
shows four pages on each side of a sheet. Use the NUMBER_UP parameter in
the PRINT command to specify the number of pages to print on each side of a
sheet of paper. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.PS
To fit multiple pages on a side, the DECprint Supervisor software changes the
size of the logical pages in the document to fit in the area on the physical side.
This change does not affect the relationship of the page height to the page
width.

10.5.1 Using NUMBER_UP with Input Tray Selection Operators
If you specify NUMBER_UP=1 for a file that has input tray selection operators,
the printer changes paper trays, but the image is not resized to fit the new
paper.
Input tray selection commands in a file are ignored if the file is printed with a
NUMBER_UP value greater than 1. If you include the /NOTIFY qualifier in
the PRINT command, a message is displayed to inform you of this action.

Using Advanced Page Layouts 10–7

Figure 10–4 Printing Four Pages to a Sheet (NUMBER_UP=4)

10.1.1 Message Format

Chapter 10

Code

Meaning

The prefix to all primary messages

The prefix to all continuation messages

The severity level of the message

ident

An abbreviation of the message

10.1.2 Severity Level

The severity levels of PrintServer messages are listed here.
Code Meaning

To receive operator messages, you must have OPER(operator) privleges and have executed the REPLY/ENABLE [PRINTER] command.
You then receive the operator messages that apply to your client
system.

Success-successful completion of the request

Informational-may or may not require user action

Warning-request may not have completed and may require
user action

Error-system encountered an error which may be recoverable

Fatal-system encountered a fatal error and cannot continue
processing this request

PrintServer System Messages 10-1

10-2 PrintServer System Messages

User Action:???

PrintServer System Messages 10-3

10-4 PrintServer System Messages

MLO-001798

10–8 Using Advanced Page Layouts

10.5.2 Using NUMBER_UP with Page Orientation
When you print using NUMBER_UP, the aspect ratio (that is, the relationship
of the height of the page to the width of the page) is preserved. Therefore, a
portrait-shaped page retains its portrait shape. However, because NUMBER_
UP may scale and rotate the pages to make the best use of the available space,
the logical page and physical sheet may have different orientations.

Figure 10–5 Portrait Orientation with NUMBER_UP=2

The pages print vertically, but you hold the sheet in landscape orientation to
read them. To print two pages per sheet using portrait orientation as shown in
Figure 10–5, use the following command:

Using Advanced Page Layouts 10–9

$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT) file-name
To print two pages per sheet using landscape orientation as shown in
Figure 10–6, use the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=2,PAGE_ORIENTATON=LANDSCAPE) file-name

Figure 10–6 Landscape Orientation with NUMBER_UP=2

10–10 Using Advanced Page Layouts

10.5.3 Using NUMBER_UP with Multiple Files
When you specify more than one file in a print job and use NUMBER_UP to
print more than one page on each side of a sheet, all the files in the print job
are printed using the NUMBER_UP value. If any files are not PostScript files,
they are printed starting on a new sheet. If any files are PostScript files, they
are printed starting at the next page spot (the next location defined for a page).
For example, to print two ANSI files, one with seven pages and one with one
page printed at four pages per sheet, enter the following command:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A14 /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 7PAGES.TXT,1PAGE.TXT
The first four pages of 7PAGES.TXT are printed on the first sheet. The last
three pages of 7PAGES.TXT are printed on the second sheet; one page spot is
left blank. The file 1PAGE.TXT is printed on the third sheet, with three page
spots left blank.
To print two PostScript files, one with seven pages and one with one page,
printed four pages per sheet, enter the following command:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$IGUANA /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 7PAGES.PS,1PAGE.PS
The first four pages of 7PAGES.PS print on the first sheet. The last three
pages of 7PAGES.PS and the first page of 1PAGE.PS print on the second sheet.
To ensure that each new file in the multiple PostScript file job is started
on a new sheet, specify file separation pages using the /BURST, /FLAG, or
/TRAILER qualifier. For example:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A14 /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 /FLAG FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS

10.6 Printing a Range of Pages
You can print a specific page or range of pages in a print job.
To print a specific range of pages from the print job, include the PAGE_LIMIT
parameter in the PRINT command and the range of pages. For example, to
print only the 50th through the 100th page of a print job, enter the following
command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,100)" MYFILE.PS
Note
Quotation marks are required when the parameter value contains a
comma, as in this PAGE_LIMIT parameter.

Using Advanced Page Layouts 10–11

The pages you specify do not correspond to the page numbers in the document.
They represent the number of pages that have been printed. You can specify
printing of just the last portion of this file by using the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,)" MYFILE.PS
This example instructs the DECprint Supervisor software to start printing at
the 50th page in the print job, and continue to the end of the print job.
You can specify printing of just the first part of a document by using the
following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT=50 MYFILE.PS
This example instructs the DECprint Supervisor software to print the first 50
pages of the print job.
When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter, your print job completes when
the upper-limit value is reached. Therefore, if you specify the PAGE_LIMIT
parameter and do not print to the end of the file, you do not get a file trailer
page for the file that was cut off. The rest of the data for that file and for any
subsequent files for that print job is ignored.

10.6.1 Using PAGE_LIMIT with Multiple Copies
Do not use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter when you make multiple copies with
the /COPIES or /JOB_COUNT qualifiers. The print job may be completed
before the next copy begins printing. If you want to print multiple copies of a
job for which you specify PAGE_LIMIT, use the SHEET_COUNT parameter
(see Section 1.5).

10.6.2 Restarting Interrupted Print Jobs
You can save paper when you restart interrupted print jobs by using the
PAGE_LIMIT parameter to start the print job near the point where the print
job stopped. For example:
$ SET ENTRY /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(30,)" /RELEASE 301
In this example, print job 301 was released and printing started on the 30th
page of the print job.
Note
Using the PAGE_LIMIT parameter will not save system overhead
or processing time because the DECprint Supervisor software must
process the entire print job from the beginning in order to print
selected pages.

10–12 Using Advanced Page Layouts

10.6.3 Using PAGE_LIMIT on Two-Sided Print Jobs
When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter with duplex (two-sided) print jobs,
the software ignores the respective positions of left (verso) and right (recto)
pages. The first page you specify with the PAGE_LIMIT parameter will always
be a recto page.
Note
To successfully print with PAGE_LIMIT on both sides of the paper and
maintain the positions of recto and verso pages, you must specify a
recto page for the first page to print.

The maximum PAGE_LIMIT value, for either the starting or ending page, is
999999.

10.7 Specifying the Logical Page Size
Certain types of files contain instructions for the size of the page that will be
printed. The application that generates PostScript files, for example, assumes
a certain media size and generates PostScript data to create pages of that size.
Note, however, that the logical page size specified in the file differs from the
physical size of a sheet of paper. You specify the physical sheet size using the
SHEET_SIZE parameter. Use the PAGE_SIZE parameter to specify the logical
page size for files that do not have instructions for the page size.
If you do not specify SHEET_SIZE in your PRINT command, the PAGE_SIZE
value is assumed to be the physical sheet size as well. In a print job where
neither PAGE_SIZE nor SHEET_SIZE are specified, the DECprint Supervisor
software assumes the size of the media loaded into the default input tray.
To list the PAGE_SIZE values supported by the DECprint Supervisor, enter
the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER PAGE_SIZE command.
To print an ANSI file using a logical page that will fit on a business envelope,
enter the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_SIZE=BUSINESS_ENVELOPE ADDR.TXT
If you include the PAGE_SIZE parameter in a print job for PostScript files,
the parameter is ignored. However, you can include both the PAGE_SIZE and
SHEET_SIZE parameters to allow the logical page to be adjusted to fit on the
physical sheet (see Section 10.8).

Using Advanced Page Layouts 10–13

Some page sizes are known by multiple names, as listed in Table 10–2. You
may use any of these names to specify a page size to DCPS. The DCPS term is
the term printed by DCPS on the trailer page and reported in error messages.

10.8 Changing the Size of the Printed Page
In a PostScript file, the page size is the size of the media that the application
assumes when generating the PostScript file. In most cases, the page size and
the sheet size are identical. However, you can specify a different page size and
sheet size so that the logical page is scaled to fit on the physiscal sheet. For
example, use the following command tp print B-size images on A-size paper:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A,PAGE_SIZE=B) MOD_LINE.TXT
When you specify the PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE parameters with different
values, the DECprint Supervisor software automatically scales the pages to
fit the sheet size, including borders around pages as if you had specified the
NUMBER_UP parameter. You can use the LAYUP_DEFINITION parameter
as described in Chapter 11 to disable borders.

10.8.1 Automatic Scaling When Queue Has PAGE_SIZE and
SHEET_SIZE Parameters
DCPS assumes an implicit NUMBER_UP=1 when all of the following
conditions exist:
•

Queue default parameters for both PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE have
been set to different sizes

•

Your PRINT command does not specify these parameters:

•

–

PAGE_SIZE

–

SHEET_SIZE

–

INPUT_TRAY

NUMBER_UP and LAYUP_DEFINITION are not specified for the queue or
in your print command

NUMBER_UP=1 scales the logical page size to fit on the physical sheet size.
This results in the same behavior as specifying different values for PAGE_SIZE
and SHEET_SIZE on the command line without specifying NUMBER_UP or
LAYUP_DEFINITION.

10–14 Using Advanced Page Layouts

Note
Files that contain instructions to select a paper tray or media size may
not print as expected when you use this method of scaling pages.

Using Advanced Page Layouts 10–15

11
Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents
11.1 Specifying Layup Options in Print Jobs
Layup is a printing system feature that allows you to map logical pages to
physical sheets. The page layout adjustments you can make include specifying
the number of pages to print on each sheet of paper, setting margins, and using
borders around pages.
Page layup adjustments can be specified in two ways. You can include layup
options directly in the PRINT command line, or you can include a layup
definition file in the print job.

11.1.1 Specifying Layup in the Print Job
You can include a layup definition file in the print job using the following
command format:
$ PRINT file-name.PS /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=layup_file
In the PRINT command line, include the name of the layup definition file for
layup_file, but do not include the file type .LUP.
You can directly specify one or more layup options in the PRINT command by
including them in the LAYUP_DEFINITION parameter as shown here:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(LAYUP="(NOBORDERS)",NUMBER_UP=2)
This command is useful for disabling borders when using the NUMBER_
UP parameter. When you provide layup options directly using the LAYUP_
DEFINITION parameter, you must include the quotation marks and the
parentheses to distinguish the options from a layup definition file name.
The layup options are listed in Table 11–1.

Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11–1

Table 11–1 Layup Definition File Options
Layup Option

Operation Performed

Reference

ALTERNATE

Exchanges a pair of margins on alternate
sheets.

Section 11.1.2

BORDERS

Draws a border around each page.

Section 11.1.3

FIRSTPAGE

Specifies the first page spot (print location)
where a page will be printed.

Section 11.1.4

GRID

Sets the number of page spots on a
sheet in columns and rows. (This option
overrides NUMBER_UP.)

Section 11.1.5

MARGINS=t,b,l,r

Sets the margins for a sheet, where t is the
top margin, b is the bottom margin, l is
the left margin, and r is the right margin.
Pages are scaled to fit within the margins.

Section 11.1.6

PAGEORDER

Specifies the order in which pages appear
on a sheet.

Section 11.1.7

PAGESPERSHEET

Sets the number of pages that will print
per sheet, no matter how many page spots
are set by NUMBER_UP.

Section 11.1.8

The following sections describe the layup options in more detail. Section 11.2.1
includes some sample layup definition files.

11–2 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

11.1.2 Specifying Margin Alternation
The ALTERNATE option lets you exchange a pair of margins on alternate
sheets. This option is useful to prepare a job for double-sided copying.
Table 11–2 describes the values that can be supplied to the ALTERNATE
option.
Table 11–2 ALTERNATE Option Values
Value

Result

LEFT

Left and right margins alternate.

RIGHT

Left and right margins alternate.

none

Same behavior as LEFT.

TOP

Top and bottom margins alternate.

BOTTOM

Top and bottom margins alternate.

If you specify ALTERNATE with no option values, the left and right margins
alternate.
Margin alternation is part of the default processing for print jobs with the
following print parameters:
•

/PARAMETERS=SIDES=TUMBLE

•

/PARAMETERS=SIDES=ONE_SIDED_DUPLEX

•

/PARAMETERS=SIDES=ONE_SIDED_TUMBLE

Margin alternation is not performed as part of the default processing for print
jobs with the following print parameters:
•

/PARAMETERS=SIDES=1

•

/PARAMETERS=SIDES=TWO_SIDED_SIMPLEX

If you omit /PARAMETERS=SIDES from the PRINT command, the margin
alternation processing depends on the printer hardware (refer to your printer
owner’s manual).

Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11–3

11.1.3 Specifying and Omitting Borders
The BORDERS option draws a border around each page. Borders are
useful for differentiating pages when you are printing a job using PRINT
/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP. (If you use NUMBER_UP, the default is to
draw borders.) You can turn off the borders using the NOBORDERS option.
Borders are drawn around actual pages only, not around all page spots. This
feature allows you to distinguish between blank pages in a document and
nonexistent pages. Figure 11–1 shows four pages printed on a sheet without
the borders option. The command is:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=4,"LAYUP_DEFINITION=(NOBORDERS)") MYFILE.MEM
Figure 11–2 shows the same pages printed with borders, which is the default
action for print jobs with NUMBER_UP. The command is:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.MEM

11–4 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

Figure 11–1 NUMBER_UP=4 Without Borders

. Put your setup in the new library (see Section 7.1.3)
. Add the new library to a library search list (see Section 7.1.4)
. Stop and restart the queue to include your new library. (If you add
a setup module to an existing library, you do not need to stop and
restart the queue.)
. Print using the PRINT/SETUP command or use the DEFINE/FORM/SETUP
command to inlude the setup module in a form.

Chapter 7

Using Setup Modules and Forms

To include your ANSI setup module in a print job using the /SETUP
qualifier, use the following command.
$ PRINT/QUEUE=queue-name/SETUP=your-module-name/PARAMETER=(DATA_TYPE=ansi) print-job.txt

As with other printers, you can use forms and setup modules on the
ScriptPrinter. You can associate forms and setup modules with a queue
or use them with the /FORM and /SETUP qualifiers to the PRINT
command. Typically, the ScriptPrinter user includes /FORM on the
PRINT command and associates the form with the job rather than the
queue.

To include the same setup module in a form for your print job, use
these commands:
$ DEFINE/FORM/STOCK=DEFAULT/SETUP=your-module-nameform-name1 form number1
$ PRINT/QUEUE=queue-name/FORM-form-name1/PARAMETER=(DATA_TYPE=ansi) print-job.txt

This chapter provides information about using setup modules and
forms with the ScripPrinter. It explains how you can use forms to
include setup files in your print job.

For this example to work, the setup module, your-module-name,
must be in a device control library that is listed in a library search
list.

7.1 Using Setup Modules
Setup modules can be included with your print job using the /SETUP
qualifier to the Print command or in a form.

7.1.1 Sample Setup Modules

This section shows an example of an ANSI and a PostScript setup module.
The forms described in Section 7.3.3 include these setup modules.
/
Example 7-1 uses an ANSI escape sequence, as documented in the ~,
to set the margins for A4-size paper.
/
See Section 7.1.3 for information on how to put the setup modulein an
ANSI device control library.

ANSI print jobs can use either ANSI or PostScript setup modules.PostScript,
ReGIS, or Tektronix 4010/4014 print jobs must use PostScript setup modules.
You need to do the following to use setup modules with the
ScriptPrinter.
. Design your setup module, using a text editor.
. Create a device control library and add the library to SYS$LIBRARY
(see section 7.1.2)

Using Setup Modules and Forms with the ScriptPrinter

7-1

7-2

Using Setup Modules and Forms with the ScriptPrinter

Example 7-1: Sample ANSI Setup Modules, A4_Page.txt

where:

<ESC>[2 j

libraryname is the name you give to the library.
The following command creates a nem PostScript device control library, PS1,
for your customized PostScript setup modules:

Example 7-2 is a PostScript setup module that prints the word "confidential" at the top and the bottom of each page of your print job.

$ LIBRARY/CREATE/TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:PS1.TLB

Example 7-2: Sample PostScript Setup Modules, confidential.txt

Creating libraries requires priviledges. For more information, refer to
VAX/VMS Librarian Utility Manual.

/my-space matrix currentmatrix def
/old-showpage /showpage load def % Copy the old
/showpage {
gsave
my-space setmatrix
/Times-Roman findfont % this is the overlay
14 scalefont
setfont
252 756 moveto
(confidential) show
252 22 moveto
(confidential) show % down to here
grestore

7.1.3 Putting Setup Modules in Libraries

To insert a setup moduleinto a device control library, use the following
command:
$ LBRARY/INSERT SYS$LIBRARY:libraryname.TLB modulename
where:
libraryname is the name of the library.
modulename is the name of the setup module.

old-showpage
} def

The followingcommand puts the PostScript setup module,confidential.txt,
into your new PostScript device control library, PS1.TLB:

7.1.2 Creating a Device Control Library

$ LIBRARY/INSERT SYS$LIBRARY:PS1.TLB confidential.txt
This command puts the ANSI setup module,a4_page.txt, into a custom
ANSI device control library, ANSI1.TLB:

Before you can use a setup module, you must create a device control
library, and put the module in the library. Use a different library
for setup modules of each data syntax. You cannot mix ANSI and
PostScript modules in the same library. You can put PostScript modules
in the standard device control library, or create one or more new
libraries for them.

7.1.4 Specifying a Library Search List

If you have several libraries of setup modules, you can set up a search
order for the libraries based on the data syntax of your print job. This
means that the software skips libraries whose setup modules use the
wrong data syntax for your job. PostScript print jobs search only PostScrpt
libraries. ANSI print jobs look in ANSI and PostScript libraries.

An ANSI setup module and a PostScript setup module that perform the
same function can have the same name, as you put them in separate
libraries.
To create a library for setup modules, use the following command:
$ LIBRARY/CREATE/TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:libraryname.TLB

Using Setup Modules and Forms with the ScriptPrinter

7-3

7-4

Using Setup Modules and Forms with the ScriptPrinter

MLO-004950

Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11–5

Figure 11–2 NUMBER_UP=4 With Borders

Chapter 7

Using Setup Modules and Forms

To include your ANSI setup module in a print job using the /SETUP
qualifier, use the following command.
$ PRINT/QUEUE=queue-name/SETUP=your-module-name/PARAMETER=(DATA_TYPE=ansi) print-job.txt

This chapter provides information about using setup modules and
forms with the ScripPrinter. It explains how you can use forms to
include setup files in your print job.

For this example to work, the setup module, your-module-name,
must be in a device control library that is listed in a library search
list.

7.1 Using Setup Modules
Setup modules can be included with your print job using the /SETUP
qualifier to the Print command or in a form.

7.1.1 Sample Setup Modules

Using Setup Modules and Forms with the ScriptPrinter

7-1

7-2

Using Setup Modules and Forms with the ScriptPrinter

Example 7-1: Sample ANSI Setup Modules, A4_Page.txt

where:

<ESC>[2 j

libraryname is the name you give to the library.
The following command creates a nem PostScript device control library, PS1,
for your customized PostScript setup modules:

Example 7-2 is a PostScript setup module that prints the word "confidential" at the top and the bottom of each page of your print job.

$ LIBRARY/CREATE/TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:PS1.TLB

Example 7-2: Sample PostScript Setup Modules, confidential.txt

Creating libraries requires priviledges. For more information, refer to
VAX/VMS Librarian Utility Manual.

7.1.3 Putting Setup Modules in Libraries

old-showpage
} def

The followingcommand puts the PostScript setup module,confidential.txt,
into your new PostScript device control library, PS1.TLB:

7.1.2 Creating a Device Control Library

$ LIBRARY/INSERT SYS$LIBRARY:PS1.TLB confidential.txt
This command puts the ANSI setup module,a4_page.txt, into a custom
ANSI device control library, ANSI1.TLB:

7.1.4 Specifying a Library Search List

Using Setup Modules and Forms with the ScriptPrinter

7-3

7-4

Using Setup Modules and Forms with the ScriptPrinter

MLO-004951

11–6 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

11.1.4 Specifying the First Page Spot to Use
The FIRSTPAGE option specifies the first page spot (that is, location) where a
page will be printed.
You must specify a value to FIRSTPAGE. The value is the number of the page
spot on which to print the first page. Page spots are numbered starting at 1.
The value supplied to FIRSTPAGE must be less than or equal to the value
supplied to NUMBER_UP. You cannot specify NOFIRSTPAGE.
The default is to use the first page spot on a sheet.
The FIRSTPAGE option affects only the first sheet of the print job. All other
sheets begin printing at page spot 1.
The FIRSTPAGE option is useful for specifying how to print pages when you
need to preview the layout of pages for documents with right and left pages.
Without the FIRSTPAGE option, pages are printed at all the page spots. You
can use FIRSTPAGE to print your layout in a way that reflects the right and
left pages.

Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11–7

Figure 11–3 shows how pages are printed when the NUMBER_UP value is 8
and the FIRSTPAGE value is not specified. For example:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A10 /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=8 MYFILE.PS
Note that the last page printed on the first side is a left page.
Figure 11–3 NUMBER_UP=8 Without FIRSTPAGE

11–8 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

Figure 11–4 shows how pages are printed when NUMBER_UP=8 and
FIRSTPAGE=2 are both used. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=8,"LAYUP_DEFINITION=(FIRSTPAGE=2)") _$ /QUEUE=PS40$A10 MYFILE.PS
As this figure shows, the last page printed is a right page.
Figure 11–4 NUMBER_UP=8 With FIRSTPAGE

11.1.5 Specifying the Page Grid
Instead of using the NUMBER_UP parameter in the PRINT command to
specify the maximum number of page spots on a sheet, you can use the GRID
option in a layup definition file.
The GRID option takes two values. The first value is the number of columns
in the grid, the second is the number of rows. The product of the two values
cannot exceed 100.
The grid is interpreted in relation to the pages, not the sheet. As with
NUMBER_UP, the orientation of the pages is independent of the sheet
orientation. Thus, you can print pages with portrait orientation, but you hold
the sheet in landscape to read them.

Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11–9

The following example specifies that the pages will print 6-up, in a grid of two
columns across and three rows down:
Grid = 2, 3

11.1.6 Specifying Sheet Margins
The MARGINS option sets the margins of the sheet on which you are printing.
This option takes four values. The values set the top, bottom, left, and right
margins for a sheet. The numbers are interpreted as printer’s points. (There
are 72 points to an inch.)
Always specify the values for sheet margins in the following order: top, bottom,
left, and right. Sheet margins are independent of whether the page is portrait
or landscape orientation. Positive values move toward the center of the page;
negative values move away from the center of the page.
When you print using a layup definition file that uses the MARGINS option,
the page is scaled to fit on the area of the sheet that is left when margins
are subtracted. Therefore, the size of text and graphics may be changed on
the printed document to fit the margins you specify. When pages are scaled,
the aspect ratio (relationship of page height to page width) is preserved.
Where there is space left, it is equally divided on both sides of the page (see
Figure 11–5).

11–10 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

Figure 11–5 Usable Sheet Area With MARGINS Option
Usable x

Top margin

Right margin

Usable Area
Usable
y

Physical
sheet y

Left margin

Bottom margin

Physical sheet x
MLO-001474

If you specify the MARGINS option but do not specify any values, layup uses
a value of 36 for all four margins. If you specify NOMARGINS, the software
uses the value 0 for all four margins.
The default margin setting is a 36-point margin (a half inch) on all sides.

Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11–11

The following example creates a wide left margin:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=("LAYUP_DEFINITION=(MARGINS=10,10,60,10)") _$ /QUEUE=PS40$A10 MYFILE.TXT
This example sets the margins as follows:
Top margin

10 points

Bottom margin

10 points

Left margin

60 points

Right margin

10 points

11.1.7 Specifying the Order of Page Spots to Use
The PAGEORDER option sets the order in which the pages appear on the
sheet, that is, the reading order of the pages.
You must supply a value to PAGEORDER. Table 11–3 describes the eight
values that can be used. The default page order is RightDown.
Table 11–3 PAGEORDER Option Values
Value

Description

RightDown

Pages are ordered left to right, top row first, then moving down.

LeftDown

Pages are ordered right to left, top row first, then moving down.

RightUp

Pages are ordered left to right, bottom row first, then moving up.

LeftUp

Pages are ordered right to left, bottom row first, then moving up.

DownRight

Pages are ordered top to bottom, left column first, then moving right.

DownLeft

Pages are ordered top to bottom, right column first, then moving left.

UpRight

Pages are ordered bottom to top, left column first, then moving right.

UpLeft

Pages are ordered bottom to top, right column first, then moving left.

11–12 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

Figure 11–6 shows how pages are printed with each PAGEORDER value in
landscape orientation.
Figure 11–6 PAGEORDER Options (Landscape Orientation)

Figure 11–7 shows how pages are printed with each PAGEORDER value in
portrait orientation.
Figure 11–7 PAGEORDER Options (Portrait Orientation)

Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11–13

11.1.8 Specifying the Number of Pages to Print on Each Side of a
Sheet
The NUMBER_UP parameter to the PRINT command determines
the maximum number of pages you can print for each sheet. The
PAGESPERSHEET option in a layup definition file specifies how many
pages are actually printed on a sheet.
Because NUMBER_UP determines the number of page spots, it also
determines the layout of the page spots on the sheet. PAGESPERSHEET
determines only the range of page spots to use, not their layout.
You must supply a value to PAGESPERSHEET, and the value must
be less than the value supplied to NUMBER_UP. You cannot specify
NOPAGESPERSHEET.
The default is to use all the page spots on a sheet.
For example, assume you have a layup definition file called SIXPAGES.LUP
that contains the following line:
PagesPerSheet = 6
To print a file called MYFILE.TXT, use the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(LAYUP_DEFINITION=SIXPAGES,NUMBER_UP=8) MYFILE.TXT
Even though this command provides eight page spots for each sheet, the job
prints with six pages on a sheet, leaving the other two page spots blank.

11.2 Creating Layup Definition Files
You can create the layup definition files that you need, include options to
specify the margins, page placement, and borders, and then ask your system
manager to copy the file into a directory defined by the systemwide logical
name DCPS$LAYUP.
When you create a layup definition file with selected layup options, follow these
rules:
•

Name the layup definition file using the file type .LUP. The file name can
contain letters, numbers, underscores ( _ ), and hyphens ( - ) as long as the
hyphen is not the first character.

•

Include each option to be specified in the file layup_file.LUP. Start each
layup option on a new line.
Blank lines and white space within lines are ignored.

11–14 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

•

To include comments in the file, begin the line with an exclamation point
( ! ). Comments are helpful for describing effects of the options in the layup
definition file.

•

Do not abbreviate layup options.

•

You can use lowercase or uppercase letters for options, since the layup
function is not case sensitive.

•

For layup options that take values (indicated by an equal sign ( = ) following
the option name), you must include at least one value after the equal sign.
To specify multiple values, use commas to separate the values.

•

If you specify a layup option more than once in a layup definition file, the
last setting in the file is used.

•

Ask your system manager to store the layup definition file in a system
area pointed to by the logical name DCPS$LAYUP (see the DCPS System
Manager’s Guide).

Some examples of layup definition files are provided with the DECprint
Supervisor software and are described in Section 11.2.1.

11.2.1 Sample Layup Definition Files
The first three layup definition files in this section are included with
the DECprint Supervisor software. They are located in the directory
SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS].
•

The following sample layup definition file is for a print job that is printed
one page to a sheet. It sets a wide left margin, so the pages can be
hole-punched. It does not alternate the margins, and it turns off borders.
! LPS$SINGLEHOLES.LUP specifies a larger left margin to allow for
! hole punching. This file is for single sided printing.
noborders
margins = 19, 19, 60, 19
noalternate

•

The following sample layup definition file is for a print job that is going
to be copied double-sided and then hole-punched. It alternates the larger
margin. It turns off the borders, since it is intended for jobs that are
printed one page to a sheet.
! LPS$DOUBLEHOLES.LUP specifies a larger left margin to allow for
! hole punching. This file is for double sided printing.
noborders
margins = 19, 19, 60, 19
alternate = left

Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11–15

•

The following sample layup definition file is for jobs that are printed with
more than one page to a sheet, for example, a job printed with NUMBER_
UP=6. This file uses borders to differentiate pages. It leaves a wide left
margin, but does not alternate margins.
! LPS$NUP.LUP specifies a variation for 2 up printing. A larger
! left margin is specified to allow for hole punching. This file
! is for single sided printing.
borders
margins = 19, 19, 60, 19

•

The following sample layup definition file is for jobs that print one page
per sheet. It maintains the full size of the page image, but allows a wide
margin for hole-punching by using a negative right margin. The negative
right margin moves some of the page image off the physical sheet, so this
layup definition file is good only for pages that have page margins.
! LPS$ShiftForHoles.LUP specifies a wide left margin for hole! punching without scaling down the size of the page image. The
! negative margin means some of the page image is off the physical
! sheet. It is meant for printing one page per sheet.
noborders
margins = 0, 0, 60, -60

11.3 Layup Error Notification
Errors in layup definition files are returned with the identification
BADLAYDEF. To display the error messages on your terminal, use the
/NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT command line. To print or keep error
messages, use the MESSAGES parameter to the PRINT /PARAMETERS
command. Error messages use the following format:
%DCPS-W-BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layup definition
The condition describes the problem and line-number is the line number in the
layup definition file on which the error occurred. See Section A.3 for the text
and explanation of the messages generated by errors in a layup definition file.

11–16 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

12
Using Forms in Your PRINT Command
The system manager can create form definitions, which you can include in
your PRINT command to modify the appearance of your printed file. When you
specify an unknown form, DECprint Supervisor informs you immediately. If
you specify an unknown setup module to modify your file, DECprint Supervisor
does not inform you of the problem until it starts printing the job and needs to
access the setup module.
Example 12–1 shows a PRINT command that includes a form called
LANDSCAPE.
Example 12–1 Including a Form in a PRINT Command
$ PRINT /QUEUE=LPS20 /FORM=LANDSCAPE
The following sections explain how to use forms.

12.1 Finding Forms on Your System
To find the forms available for your use, issue the following command:
$ SHOW QUEUE /FORM
A list of forms and their functions is displayed:
Form name
--------PITCH12 (stock=DEFAULT)
PITCH13 (stock=DEFAULT)
PITCH16 (stock=DEFAULT)
PITCH6 (stock=DEFAULT)
PITCH660 (stock=DEFAULT)
PITCH8 (stock=DEFAULT)
PORTRAIT (stock=DEFAULT)
PS (stock=LASER)

Number
-----122
121
120
125
124
123
20
2001

Description
----------12 Characters per Inch
13.2 Characters per Inch
16.5 Characters per Inch
6 Characters per Inch
6.6 Characters per Inch
8.25 Characters per Inch
80 by 60 (portrait)
Postscript Form

Using Forms in Your PRINT Command 12–1

You can display the attributes of a form using the SHOW QUEUE /FORM
/FULL command. For example this command displays the attributes of
DCPS$DEFAULT:
$ SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL DCPS$DEFAULT
Form name
Number Description
-------------- ----------DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT)
1115 DCPS default
/LENGTH=66 /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80
This form sets the page length and width, truncates long lines, and uses a
default paper stock.

12.2 Using Forms with ANSI Files
Most of the time, you use form definitions with ANSI files, because many
of the qualifiers for form definitions apply only to ANSI files. The qualifiers
allow you to specify the page length and margins and allow long lines to either
truncate or wrap to the next line. Files with data types besides ANSI, such as
PostScript, have internal controls that set up your page’s attributes.
Table 12–1 shows the qualifiers that affect only ANSI files.
Table 12–1 DEFINE /FORM Qualifiers for ANSI Files
This Qualifier . . .

Does the Following . . .

/LENGTH=n

Sets the length of each page, in lines.

/MARGIN=keyword=n

Sets the page margins.

/PAGE_SETUP=module

Applies a page setup module to each page in the job.

/[NO]TRUNCATE

Truncates long lines that do not fit in the page width.

/WIDTH=n

Sets the width of the page in columns or characters.

/[NO]WRAP

Wraps lines wider than the page to the next line.

Note
These form definitions are useful only with ANSI files, because other
types of files have internal controls for these attributes.

12–2 Using Forms in Your PRINT Command

12.3 Using Forms with All Types of Files
There are two qualifiers that the system manager can use with all types
of files: /SETUP and /STOCK. The following sections explain what those
qualifiers do.

12.3.1 Using Forms that Invoke Setup Modules (/SETUP)
Your system manager can associate a setup module with a form. To see if a
setup module has been included in a form definition, issue the SHOW QUEUE
/FORM /FULL command and look for the /SETUP qualifier in the descriptions
of the forms. For example:
$ SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL
Form name
Number Description
-------------- ----------CONFIDENTIAL (stock=DEFAULT)
15
Prints CONFIDENTIAL
/LENGTH=66 /SETUP=(PRIVATE) /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80
In this example, the setup module called PRIVATE is included in the form
definition.

12.3.2 Using Forms that Specify the Paper Stock (/STOCK)
Your system manager can use the /STOCK qualifier to specify a type of paper
that must be used when a form is invoked. When you use that form, you
must ensure that the the specified stock is in the printer. Otherwise, the job
is held in the queue until you load the specified stock or use a different form
definition.
To see if a form requires special stock, issue the SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL
command and look for the /STOCK qualifier in the description of the form. For
example:
$ SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL LANDSCAPE
Form name
Number Description
-------------- ----------LANDSCAPE (stock=DEFAULT)
10 132 by 66 (landscape)
/LENGTH=66 /MARGIN=(TOP=2,BOTTOM=4) /SETUP=(LANDSCAPE) /STOCK=DEFAULT
/TRUNCATE /WIDTH=132
If the /STOCK qualifier has the DEFAULT parameter, any type of paper is
allowed.

Using Forms in Your PRINT Command 12–3

12.4 Using the Default Form Definition
If you omit a form definition in your print request but supply one of
the following qualifiers, the default form definition DCPS$DEFAULT is
automatically associated with your ANSI file:
•

/HEADER

•

/SPACE

•

/PARAMETERS=[NO]TAB

To find the attributes of the default form definition, issue the following
command:
$ SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL DCPS$DEFAULT
Form name
Number Description
-------------- ----------DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT)
1115 DCPS default
/LENGTH=66 /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80

12–4 Using Forms in Your PRINT Command

13
Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs

This chapter contains general information about using setup modules, and
information about setup modules that can be used by several printers. See
Chapter 18 for information about printer-specific modules.
You can also use setup modules implicitly through the use of forms, as
described in Chapter 12.

13.1 What Is a Setup Module?
A setup module is a file containing instructions that modify the appearance of
a print job or redefine the instructions in the print job.
To include a setup module in a print job, use the /SETUP qualifier in the
PRINT command. The following example uses a setup module that specifies
600 dots-per-inch (DPI) resolution:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=LPS32$2SIDES /SETUP=RES_600X600 IMAGE.PS

13.2 Locating Setup Modules
DCPS ships with various setup modules, which are located in the following
device control library:
SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB
To list the setup modules, use the following command:
$ LIBRARY /LIST /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL

Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13–1

A list of setup modules, similar to the following example, is displayed:
DCW1000_DISPLAY
DCW1000_ENHANCED
DCW1000_HIGHRES
LPS$$APPLE360_INITPSDEVICE
LPS$$APPLE360_SETINPUTTRAY
RES_1200X1200
RES_1200X600
Note
Do not modify any of the setup modules or the device control library.

Some setup modules are created only for certain printers. Those setup modules
have the printer name as part of their file name. For instance, the setup
module DL3500_RET_DARK is intended for the DEClaser 3500 printer.
See Section 13.4 and later sections for descriptions of some of the setup
modules.

13.2.1 Locating Custom Setup Modules
Custom setup modules go in special device control libraries, which are required
to be .TLB (text library) files located in SYS$LIBRARY. The following command
lists all of the text libraries in SYS$LIBRARY. To determine which of these
libraries are special device control libraries used with DCPS, check with your
system manager or correlate the .TLB file names with the libraries and library
search lists associated with the /LIBRARY qualifier for your system’s DCPS
print queues.
$ DIRECTORY SYS$LIBRARY:*.TLB

13.2.2 Displaying the Contents of a Setup Module
To see the instructions that a setup module contains, follow these steps:
1. Extract the setup module from the device control library. The following
example extracts the setup module DI_ON from DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB and
renames it MYSETUP.TXT in the user’s directory:
$ LIBRARY /EXTRACT=DI_ON /OUTPUT=MYSETUP /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL
2. Type or edit the setup module to display its contents. For example:
$ TYPE MYSETUP.TXT

13–2 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs

The setup module DI_ON enables the DECimage image enhancement
feature, and contains the following instructions:
%!
% ~~~~~~~~~~ DI_on ~~~~~~~~~~
statusdict begin false setDECimage end
systemdict /languagelevel known {languagelevel} {1} ifelse
2 ge {currentpagedevice /Install get exec} if
statusdict begin true setDECimage end
% ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Note
Some setup modules contain escape sequences or graphics, which
cannot be displayed when you type the file.

13.3 Creating a Setup Module
To create a setup module, follow these steps:
1. Create a setup module that includes the necessary escape sequences or
PostScript operators.
2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into a device control
library.
3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the file. For example:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /SETUP=module-name MYFILE.DAT

13.4 Modifying DECimage Parameters with Setup Modules
The following setup modules invoke the DECimage feature or modify the
DECimage parameters. They are grouped into the following categories:
•

Enabling and Disabling DECimage
Table 13–1 lists setup modules that leave all current parameters intact
and turn DECimage on or off. It is not necessary to use these modules if
you use other DECimage setup modules. The DECimage setup modules
automatically invoke DECimage for the current print job.

Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13–3

Table 13–1 Enabling and Disabling DECimage
Setup Module

Description

DI_ON

Turns DECimage ON

DI_OFF

Turns DECimage OFF

•

Combined Parameters
Table 13–2 lists setup modules that adjust two DECimage parameters
simultaneously.

Table 13–2 DECimage Setup Modules—Combined Parameters
Setup Module

Description

DI_HICONTRAST

Punch0 = 0.2, Punch1 = 0.8

DI_LOCONTRAST

Punch0 = -.1, Punch1 = 1.1

DI_BRIGHTER

Punch0 = -.2, Punch1 = 0.8

DI_DARKER

Punch0 = 0.2, Punch1 = 1.2

DI_NORMAL

Punch0 = 0, Punch1 = 1

•

Individual Parameters
When you specify one of the setup modules listed in Table 13–3, all other
parameters remain at the default value or the value most recently modified
by another setup module. The setup modules have no order dependency, so
you may specify them in any order on the PRINT command line.

13–4 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs

Table 13–3 DECimage Setup Modules—Individual Parameters
Setup Module

Description

DI_PUNCH0_0

Punch0 = 0

DI_PUNCH0_0P1

Punch0 = 0.1

DI_PUNCH0_0P2

Punch0 = 0.2

DI_PUNCH0_M0P1

Punch0 = -.1

DI_PUNCH0_M0P2

Punch0 = -.2

DI_PUNCH1_1

Punch1 = 1

DI_PUNCH1_0P8

Punch1 = 0.8

DI_PUNCH1_0P9

Punch1 = 0.9

DI_PUNCH1_1P1

Punch1 = 1.1

DI_PUNCH1_1P2

Punch1 = 1.2

DI_SHARP_0P5

Sharpness = 0.5

DI_SHARP_1

Sharpness = 1.0

DI_SHARP_1P5

Sharpness = 1.5

DI_SHARP_2

Sharpness = 2.0

DI_SHARP_2P5

Sharpness = 2.5

For example, the following command adds sharpening and shifts the gray
levels:
$ PRINT /NOTIFY /QUEUE=queue-name /SETUP=(DI_SHARP_2,DI_DARKER) file-name

13.5 Resolution Setup Modules
You can use the following resolution setup modules to temporarily change the
resolution on multiple resolution printers:
•

RES_300X300 — 300 dpi horizontal by 300 dpi vertical resolution

•

RES_600X300 — 600 dpi horizontal by 300 dpi vertical resolution

•

RES_600x600 — 600 dpi horizontal by 600 dpi vertical resolution

•

RES_1200x600 — 1200 dpi horizontal by 600 dpi vertical resolution

Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13–5

•

RES_1200x1200 — 1200 dpi horizontal by 1200 dpi vertical resolution
Note
Not all of these setup modules are applicable to all printers.

13–6 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs

14
Controlling File Separation Pages
The printing system can produce both job separation pages (job burst pages,
job flag pages and job trailer pages) and file separation pages. The system
manager can define the job separation pages and default file separation pages
for the queue. Users cannot affect the job separation pages, but can control
whether to print file separation pages.
Files in a print job can be separated by:
•

File burst pages

•

File flag pages

•

File trailer pages

You can control the inclusion of file flag pages using the following PRINT
command qualifiers:
•

/BURST for file burst pages at the start of a file in the print job.
/NOBURST to prevent printing of file burst pages.

•

/FLAG for file flag pages at the start of a file in the print job.
/NOFLAG to prevent printing of file flag pages.

•

/TRAILER for file trailer pages following a file in the print job.
/NOTRAILER to prevent printing of file trailer pages.

14.1 Controlling File Separation Pages for All Files
You can specify the default file separation behavior for all files in a print job by
placing the /[NO]BURST, /[NO]FLAG and /[NO]TRAILER qualifiers between
the PRINT command and the first file specification.
For example, the following command will print a file burst page before each
file:
$ PRINT /BURST FIRST.TXT, SECOND.TXT

Controlling File Separation Pages 14–1

If you do not specify the behavior for a type of file separation page (for
example, the above command does not specify flag or trailer pages), the default
behavior is as specified by the queue’s /DEFAULT qualifier. If /DEFAULT does
not specify a particular type of separation page, then none is generated.
The negated qualifiers (for example, /NOTRAILER), are useful in overriding a
queue’s default qualifier (for example, /DEFAULT=TRAILER).

14.2 Controlling File Separation Pages for Individual Files
You can alter the default file separation page behavior for individual files
within a print job by placing the qualifiers after the corresponding file
specifications.
For example, you can use the following command to override a queue’s
/DEFAULT=BURST qualifier and instead print file flag pages for all but the
second file in a job:
$ PRINT /NOBURST /FLAG FIRST.TXT, SECOND /NOFLAG, THIRD

14.3 Displaying the Default Separation Pages for a Queue
To see the default separation pages for a queue, enter the following command:
$ SHOW QUEUE /FULL PS20$A14
Printer queue PS20$A14, on STAR::LPS, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT
(stock=DEFAULT)
/BASE_PRIORITY=4 /DEFAULT=(FLAG,FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT))
/NOENABLE_GENERIC /LIBRARY=DCPS_LIB Lowercase /OWNER=[SYS,SYSTEM]
/PROCESSOR=DCPS$SMB /PROTECTION=(S:E,O:RD,G,W:W)
/SCHEDULE=(NOSIZE)
/SEPARATE=(BURST,TRAILER)
This display shows that the job burst pages and job trailer pages are printed
for print jobs sent to this queue (/SEPARATE=(BURST,TRAILER)). File flag
pages are printed by default, as indicated by /DEFAULT=FLAG, but can be
overridden by PRINT command qualifiers.

14.4 Job Log and Trailer Pages Sent to Default Tray On Error
The job log and job trailer pages, if any, are normally directed to the output
tray you specified with the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter. However, if DCPS
reports a NOOUTTRAY, OUTTRAYNOTAVL, or OUTTRAYMISMATCH error
when initially attempting to select the specified output tray, the job log and
trailer pages are instead directed to the printer’s default output tray so that
you get an indication of the problem.

14–2 Controlling File Separation Pages

15
Selecting Finishing Options
Some printers have a finisher, often sold as an option, that can punch or staple
your output. This chapter describes how to select these printer features from
DCPS.

15.1 Punching
DCPS can punch your job if the printer has a puncher installed. Punching
with DCPS is supported on the following printers:
GENICOM Intelliprint mL450
GENICOM LN45
HP 9085 MFP
HP LaserJet 9055 MFP
HP LaserJet 9065 MFP
Lexmark W820

15.1.1 PUNCH DCL Syntax
Punching is specified with the PRINT parameter PUNCH.
h

$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(...,

PUNCH
NOPUNCH

,...) file_name

There are no values to the PUNCH parameter. The position of the punched
holes is determined by the orientation of the paper in the printer, and the
number and spacing of holes is determined by the printer. When NOPUNCH is
specified, the job is printed without punching, overriding the printer’s default
punch setting.

Selecting Finishing Options 15–1

15.2 Stapling
DCPS can staple your job if the printer has a stapler installed. Stapling with
DCPS is supported on the following printers:
Compaq Laser Printer LN32
Compaq Laser Printer LNM40
GENICOM Intelliprint mL450
GENICOM LN45
GENICOM LNM40
GENICOM microLaser 320
GENICOM microLaser 401
HP 9085 MFP
HP Color LaserJet 9500
HP Color LaserJet 9500 MFP
HP LaserJet 4200
HP LaserJet 4250
HP LaserJet 4300
HP LaserJet 4345 MFP
HP LaserJet 4350
HP LaserJet 8000
HP LaserJet 8100
HP LaserJet 8150
HP LaserJet 9000
HP LaserJet 9000 MFP
HP LaserJet 9050
HP LaserJet 9050 MFP
HP LaserJet 9055 MFP
HP LaserJet 9065 MFP
Lexmark W820
Xerox DocuPrint N24
Xerox DocuPrint N32
Xerox DocuPrint N40
Xerox Phaser 7750

15.2.1 STAPLE DCL Syntax
Stapling is specified with the PRINT parameter STAPLE.
2

LEFT_CENTER
6 TOP_CENTER 7
6
7
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(..., STAPLE= 6 TOP_LEFT
7 ,...) file_name
4
5
TOP_RIGHT
NONE

15–2 Selecting Finishing Options

These values specify the position of the staple with respect to the orientation
of the image on the paper. When NONE is specified, the job is printed without
stapling, overriding the printer’s default staple setting.

15.2.2 Stapling Positions
Some of the values for the STAPLE parameter are not always possible,
depending on the direction in which the paper is fed through the printer.
See Table 15–1 for possible stapling positions depending on your job’s page
orientation and the printer’s paper feed direction. In the table, ‘‘Port’’ and
‘‘Land’’ refer to portrait and landscape page orientation, and ‘‘LEF’’ and ‘‘SEF’’
refer to long-edge-feed and short-edge-feed direction of paper in the printer.
Table 15–1 Stapling Positions and Paper Feed Direction
Staple Position and Image Orientation
TOP_LEFT

TOP_CENTER

TOP_RIGHT

LEFT_CENTER

Printer

Port

Land

Port

Land

Port

Land

Port

Land

Compaq,
GENICOM,
Lexmark,
Xerox

LEF,
SEF

SEF

LEF

SEF

LEF

SEF

HP Color
LaserJet 9500

LEF,
SEF

LEF

SEF

HP LaserJet
4200, 4250,
4300, 4350

SEF

HP LaserJet
8000, 8100,
8150, 9000,
9050

LEF,
SEF

LEF

SEF

HP 9085 MFP,
LaserJet 9055
MFP, 9065
MFP

LEF,
SEF

LEF

SEF

LEF,
SEF

SEF

LEF

SEF

LEF

LEF,
SEF

If you specify an unsupported staple position, DCPS issues the error message
STPPOSNOSUP and does not print the job.

Selecting Finishing Options 15–3

15.2.3 Output Trays
Stapled output can only be delivered to the output trays attached to the
finisher. Table 15–2 lists the supported output trays for each printer.
Table 15–2 Output Trays Supported for Stapling
Printer Brand

Output Trays

Compaq, GENICOM, Xerox

STACKER / BIN_1
BIN_2
BIN_3

HP, Lexmark

STACKER / BIN_2

If you specify a tray not supported for stapling, or do not specify a tray but the
printer’s default output tray is not supported for stapling, DCPS issues the
error message STPOUTTRAY and does not print the job.

15.2.4 Paper Sizes
Printers do not support stapling on every paper size and feed direction. In
general, envelope sizes are not supported for stapling.
If you specify a size that cannot be stapled, DCPS issues the error message
STPSIZENOSUP and does not print the job.

15.2.5 Stapling Details
Please note the following details when using stapling with DCPS:
•

Single sheet jobs are not stapled.

•

If no STAPLE parameter is specified, the printer’s default stapling setting
is used. If the printer’s default is set to staple all jobs and you do not want
your DCPS job stapled, specify STAPLE=NONE.

•

If the printer has a tray called STAPLER, the printer’s default staple
position will be used instead of the position specified in the DCPS print
command. Job burst and flag pages, if any, will be stapled to the job.

•

If the number of sheets in your job exceeds the printer’s stapling capacity
(usually around sixty sheets), your job is printed but not stapled.

•

Job separator pages, if any, are not stapled. File separator pages, if any,
are stapled with your file.

•

A file that calls for multiple paper sizes cannot be stapled.

15–4 Selecting Finishing Options

•

PCL files will be stapled if requested. They will be translated to PostScript
using the DCPS PCL4 translator, rather than being interpreted by the
printer’s native PCL interpreter. If your PCL file contains any PCL escape
sequences introduced after PCL4, the sequences will be ignored.

•

When using the NUMBER_UP parameter, the image orientation on the
page may change. This affects the relative position of the staple, as seen
in the example in Figure 15–1. The X indicates the staple positions when
specifying STAPLE, NUMBER_UP and PAGE_ORIENTATION parameters.
(PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT is the default if not specified.)

Figure 15–1 Effects of NUMBER_UP on Stapling

STAPLE=TOP_LEFT,

NUMBER_UP=2,

[PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT]

PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE

Selecting Finishing Options 15–5

16
Using the Error Handler to Debug
The device control library includes an error handler to help debug PostScript
programs. The error handler prints the last partial page of output, as well as
information to help identify the error.

16.1 Including the Error Handler in a Print Job
The error handler is not automatically included each time a job prints (unless
your system manager has changed this default). Therefore, you must explicitly
invoke it, as follows:
$ PRINT /SETUP=LPS$ERRORHANDLER file-name
The error handler returns PostScript messages. You can send these messages
to a file or printer by using the /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES qualifier as
described in Chapter 17. For example:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A10 /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP FILE.PS
If you are developing PostScript applications, you can make the error handler
easier to access by defining a form to include the error handling setup module,
as described in Chapter 12.

16.2 How the Error Handler Affects the PostScript
Environment
The error handler references operators from the dictionary systemdict, rather
than using definitions that may have been modified by the user program.
In some cases, a program can behave differently when the error handler is
loaded. For example, executing the exit operator outside a looping context
causes an invalidexit error if the error handler is not loaded. However, if the
error handler is loaded, the program exits without generating an error.

Using the Error Handler to Debug 16–1

16.3 Error Handler Example
The sample log file in Example 16–1 is for the following PostScript program:
[/1st-level [/2nd-level [/3rd-level [/4th-level 56 ] ] ] (end)]
/myproc { [ 8 8 ] 0 0 div setdash } def
100 200 moveto
myproc
The following command includes the error handler and causes a log file to be
generated:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP /SETUP=LPS$ERRORHANDLER file-name
Example 16–1 shows the error handler output that is appended to the log file
when the program executes.
Example 16–1 Sample Error Handler Log File
ERROR: undefinedresult !
OFFENDING COMMAND: div "
OPERAND STACK: #
0
0
[ 8 8 ]
[/1st-level [/2nd-level [/3rd-level -array- ] ] (end) ]
EXECUTION STACK: $
{ setdash }
GRAPHICS STATE: %
Current Matrix: [ 4.16667 0.0 0.0 -4.16667 0.0 3298.0 ]
Color: 0.0
Current position: x = 100.0, y = 200.0
Line width: 1.0
Line cap: 0
Line join: 0
Flatness: 1.0
Miter limit: 10.0
Dash pattern: [ ] 0.0
The array defined at the start of the example file is expanded three levels deep.
The innermost version of the array is represented simply as –array–.

16–2 Using the Error Handler to Debug

16.4 Reading Error Handler Output
When an error occurs, the error handler executes a showpage command to
print the last partial page of output (see Example 16–1). It also gives the
following information:
! The name of the error
" The PostScript operator that encountered the error
# The contents of the operand stack

The error handler displays the value of each object on the stack, with
numbers in decimal. All elements of arrays and procedures are displayed
recursively to a maximum depth of three levels. Indicators describe other
objects, for example, –savelevel– for a save object.
The first item displayed is the object on the top of the stack.
$ The contents of the execution stack

The execution stack contains partial procedures that are being executed.
The top object is a procedure that contains the operators and operands
still to be executed. The second object is the unexecuted part of the calling
procedure.
% Information about the graphics state:

Current transformation matrix
Color (a currentgray value)
Current position
Line width
Line cap
Line join
Flatness
Miter limit
Dash pattern
When you find an error in the PostScript code, you should modify the
application that produced the file, or inform the applications programmer of
the problem.

Using the Error Handler to Debug 16–3

16.5 PostScript Data Output Format
PostScript data is easily identifiable, usually in the way the data appears in a
PostScript source file. The error handler represents PostScript data as follows:
•

Arrays are displayed recursively, so that each element in an array is fully
expanded, even if it is another array. Objects in an array are expanded
only to a depth of three, to prevent indefinite recursion when displaying an
array that contains itself.
Arrays are executable and nonexecutable. Executable arrays are
procedures displayed in braces ({ }) and nonexecutable arrays are displayed
as several objects in brackets ( [ ] ). If the array has no read access or if the
recursion depth has been exceeded, the array is represented by one of the
following:
–array– for normal arrays
–proc– for executable arrays
–packedarray– for packed arrays
–packedproc– for packed executable arrays

•

A Boolean object is represented by TRUE or FALSE, depending on its
value.

•

A dictionary object is represented by –dictionary–.

•

A file object is represented by –filestream–.

•

A font object is represented by –fontid–.

•

An integer is represented by a decimal number.

•

A mark object is represented by –mark–.

•

A name object is represented by the literal name of the object, preceded by
a slash for literal names.

•

A null object, for example, the initial value of each element of an
uninitialized array, is represented by –null–.

•

An operator is represented by the operator name, preceded by two slashes.

•

A real object is represented by a decimal number, with a decimal point and
at least one digit after the decimal point.

•

A save object is represented by –savelevel–.

•

A string object is represented by the ASCII text of the string in
parentheses, just as the string would be entered in a PostScript file.

16–4 Using the Error Handler to Debug

The PostScript language may be extended to include new data formats that are
unknown to the error handler. Data in unknown formats is represented as two
question marks followed by the name of the unknown data format.

16.6 Determining Where the Error Occurred
It may be impossible to determine exactly where in the PostScript stream
the error occurred, because the execution stack may not uniquely identify the
context. In this case, you can add diagnostics information to the PostScript
file. For example, if the error appears to be related to a showpage definition,
modify your PostScript code as follows:
/myshowpage
{
(At the top of my showpage\n) print flush
% some PostScript code
(Just before real showpage call\n) print flush
showpage
} def

Using the Error Handler to Debug 16–5

17
Solving Printing Problems
This chapter describes how to interpret messages and solve problems with
printing on PostScript printers. If the problem cannot be solved without
privileged authority, see your system manager for help.

17.1 Displaying and Saving Error Messages
To detect, understand, and solve problems with print jobs, gather information
about the print job as it is processed. The following list describes some ways to
gather the information:
•

Include the /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT command to ensure that all
printing system messages are displayed on your terminal.

•

Read the job trailer page, if any. This page is printed to separate print jobs
and to record information about the print job. If the print job includes any
messages, the last of them are printed on the trailer page. If your print
job completed printing but the printing system was not able to follow its
instructions exactly, the messages on the trailer page reflect the action
taken.

•

Produce a job log page using the MESSAGES parameter with the PRINT
keyword. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=PRINT MYFILE.PS

•

Store print job messages in a message log file. Use the MESSAGES
parameter with the KEEP keyword to create a log file that contains the
print job messages. For example:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP MYFILE.PS

•

When the print job is completed or terminated, a file is created in your
login directory (SYS$LOGIN) called DCPS$JOB_nnn.LOG. This file name
contains the job number for job nnn.

Solving Printing Problems 17–1

17.2 Interpreting Messages
Interpreting print job messages can help you to solve print job problems and to
submit more successful and efficient print jobs.
You should try to determine the source of messages. Some messages come from
the PostScript code in the printer (see Section 17.2.1).
Messages often come from the DECprint Supervisor software. The file you are
printing or the OpenVMS system can send messages (see Section 17.2.2).
If you print to a PrintServer printer, you can receive messages from the
PrintServer Supporting Host software (see Section 17.2.3).

17.2.1 PostScript Errors
PostScript errors can be identified by the phrase ‘‘offending command is name’’.
The PostScript printer contains a PostScript interpreter that translates
PostScript code into mechanical functions that transfer the data onto the
physical page through marking functions.
Many applications generate PostScript files, and many types of printers print
in PostScript. Files and printers are not always completely compatible.
You can solve some PostScript printing problems using the techniques
described in Section 4.7.
If your application generates PostScript Level 3 files, you need a printer that
supports PostScript Level 3. If your application generates PostScript Level 2
files, you need a printer that supports PostScript Level 2 or Level 3. PostScript
Level 1 files can generally be printed on PostScript Level 1, Level 2 and Level
3 printers.
If a PostScript error is generated from printing non-PostScript files, the
application that generated the files should be modified.
Virtual Memory Errors
Not all PostScript printers are capable of printing all PostScript images
and documents. Depending on what type of printer you are using, certain
PostScript files may or may not exceed the printer’s virtual memory
limitations. The success of printing these files depends largely on:
•

How the file was generated by the application.

•

How resources (fonts, setup modules, prologues) are retained in the printer.

•

How the print job is handled by the DCPS software.

17–2 Solving Printing Problems

If your print job fails to print because of a virtual memory limitation, you
receive the following error:
%DCPS-W-VMERROR, vmerror: PostScript virtual memory exhausted offending command is string.
You can do one of the following to fix the problem:
•

Recreate the PostScript file using options in your application to make
better use of the printer’s virtual memory.

•

Use a printer with more available memory to print the file.

17.2.2 DECprint Supervisor Messages
Messages from the DECprint Supervisor software start with the prefix DCPS.
These messages and the actions you should take when they indicate problems,
are described in Appendix A.
The OpenVMS system provides the queue manager for the OpenVMS
batch/print queuing system. When your print job stops or is terminated
by the queue manager, it sends OpenVMS messages to your terminal. When
you have enabled message notification by including /NOTIFY in your PRINT
command, you receive messages from both the OpenVMS queue manager and
the DECprint Supervisor software.

17.2.3 Solving PrintServer Software Problems
The PrintServer Software provides the management of PrintServer printers
and sends messages to indicate when print jobs encounter problems. You can
use the Remote Console facility or the Printer Status monitor to check the
current status of the printer.

17.2.4 Problems with Files Generated on a PC or Macintosh System
Files generated by PC or Macintosh applications may be incompatable with
your printer or DCPS. See Section 4.3 for more information.

17.3 Getting Help On Line
If you receive error messages about your PRINT parameters, use the HELP
command to ensure that you are using valid values. You can get help about
the PRINT parameters by entering the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER command.
For those parameters that control printer-specific features, the HELP file lists
the acceptable parameters. Enter HELP PRINT_PARAMETER followed by the
parameter name (such as INPUT_TRAY). Then enter the name of the printer
model.

Solving Printing Problems 17–3

For example, to display a list of the input tray values for PrintServer printers,
enter the following command:
$ HELP PRINT_PARAMETER INPUT_TRAY PRINTSERVER
PRINT_Parameter
INPUT_TRAY
PrintServer_Printers
+-------------------------------------+
| Input tray
|
PrintServer
|
| Values
| 20 | 32 | 40 | 17 |
+-------------------------------------+
| MANUAL_FEED
|
|
|
| X* |
| NOMANUAL_FEED |
|
|
| X* |
+-------------------------------------+
| BOTTOM
| X | X |
| X |
+-------------------------------------+
| TOP
| X | X | X | X |
+-------------------------------------+
| ENVELOPE_FEEDER |
|
|
| X |
+-------------------------------------+
| LCIT
| X | X | X | X |
+-------------------------------------+
| MIDDLE
| X | X | X |
|
+-------------------------------------+
* With PrintServer Supporting Host V5.0

17–4 Solving Printing Problems

18
Printer-Specific Information
This chapter provides general user information about using DCPS with specific
printers. Refer to the DCPS System Manager’s Guide and DCPS Release Notes
for additional printer-specific information.

18.1 DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000+ Printer
The DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000+ printer is an upgrade to the DIGITAL
Colorwriter LSR 2000. References in the DCPS documentation to the DIGITAL
Colorwriter LSR 2000 also apply to the DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000+ .

18.1.1 Requests for Unloaded Sheet Sizes
If you specify a sheet size that is supported by the printer but not currently
loaded in any of its input trays, the printer will request that you load
the specified sheet size. In other printers, the request is rejected with a
SIZNOTAVL error.

18.1.2 INPUT_TRAY and PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZE Parameters
DCPS does not allow you to specify both a paper size and an input tray when
using the Colorwriter LSR 2000, due to a printer restriction. If you attempt to
do so, you will get a NOSHEETANDTRAY error. You can, however, specify one
as long as you omit the other.

18.1.3 ANSI Translator Limits Output to 64 Lines
The Colorwriter LSR 2000 printer has a minimum top margin of a half-inch,
which limits the imageable area to less than the 66 lines required to display
text at the default font size on A-size sheets. To prevent the top lines of each
page from overlapping the nonimageable area, the ANSI translator reduces the
normal output to 64 lines.
If you wish to use 66 lines you can do so by specifying parameters of
(NUMBER_UP=1) or (LAYUP=COLORWRITER-2000-FULL-PAGE). These
parameters cause DCPS to scale the image to the imageable area.

Printer-Specific Information 18–1

18.2 DIGITAL DECcolorwriter 1000 Printer
18.2.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules
You can use the setup modules listed in the table below to change various
printer attributes for your print job.
Setup Module

Description

DCW1000_STANDARD

300 x 300 dpi; fastest printing at 2 ppm

DCW1000_ENHANCED

300 x 300 dpi with dither enhance at 1.5 ppm

DCW1000_HIGHRES

300 x 600 dpi with dither enhance at 1 ppm

DCW1000_VIVDBLUE

More blue than purple

DCW1000_DISPLAY

Picture light; monitor display simulation

DCW1000_SIMPRESS

Printing press simulation

DCW1000_NOCORECT

No color correction; DEFAULT

For example, the following command prints at 300 x 600 DPI and specifies
vivid blue colors:
$ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=(DCW1000_VIVDBLUE,DCW1000_HIGRES) file

18.3 DIGITAL DEClaser 1152 Printer
18.3.1 Printer Hangs After Deleting Jobs When Using AppleTalk
Deleting a job printing on the DEClaser 1152 printer can cause the next job to
hang when all of these conditions exist:
•

The AppleTalk (LocalTalk) port of the DEClaser 1152 is used

•

The deleted job leaves many pages in the printer’s buffer so that the
printer continues to print long after the job is deleted

•

The next print job starts before all the pages of the previous job complete.

This next job does not print, but remains in the queue as printing, and the
queue eventually stalls. The problem occurs because the printer has accepted
an AppleTalk connection before it is ready. The hung job must be deleted and
submitted again. The job may take some time (up to 90 seconds) to delete.

18–2 Printer-Specific Information

18.4 DIGITAL DEClaser 3500 Printer
18.4.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules
The modules described in this section apply to the DEClaser 3500 printer only.
They allow you to enhance resolution, enable toner saver modes, and download
a version of the DECimage-Lite image enhancement technology to the printer.
18.4.1.1 Setup Modules for Resolution Enhancement
The resolution enhancement setup modules perform smoothing to both text
and graphics. The level of smoothing is increased in the DARK setup module
and decreased in the LIGHT setup module. The dark setting makes thin lines
a little thicker and may not be desirable. The factory default setting for the
printer is medium.
•

DL3500_RET_DARK

•

DL3500_RET_MED

•

DL3500_RET_LIGHT

•

DL3500_RET_OFF

18.4.1.2 Setup Modules for Toner Saver Mode
The toner saver setup module DL3500_TSAVER renders all characters as
outlines and outlines dark areas of any graphics as well. This feature is
useful for draft copies of documents and provides a medium level of resolution
enhancement to the page.
18.4.1.3 Setup Modules for DECimage-Lite
The DECimage-Lite modules provide five different contrast (punch) settings:
DL3500_DI_HC

Increase contrast by 20%

DL3500_DI_LC

Decrease contrast by 20%

DL3500_DI_BRIGHTER

Increase brightness by 10%

DL3500_DI_DARKER

Increase darkness by 10%

DL3500_DI_FLAT

Apply the special halftone without gray level
adjustment

Notes:
•

These modules are mutually exclusive. The last one listed will be the one
that takes effect.

Printer-Specific Information 18–3

•

The DECimage-Lite feature conflicts with the RET feature of the printer.
One or the other may be used, but not both. Since the printer’s default
setting for RET is on, the DECimage-Lite setup modules turn it off for the
current job.

18.4.1.4 Setup Module Example
The following example increases darkness for the specified print job:
$ PRINT /SETUP=(DL3500_RET_DARK) file-name

18.4.2 Using the FAX Option
You can use four example files in [SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS] to help you
send FAX messages with the DEClaser 3500 printer, and may freely distribute
these files to driver developers and end users. These files may be used on
OpenVMS, UNIX®, or DOS operating systems that do not have an application
for using the DEClaser 3500 as a FAX sender. For Microsoft Windows 3.1 and
Macintosh systems, drivers are available for sending a FAX and should be used
instead of these files.
Send these header files ahead of the actual PostScript or text file that is
to be faxed from the DEClaser 3500 printer and modify the header files
for each application. Each of the files is heavily commented and contains
additional information on how to edit and use the files. In addition, the file
[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]FAX_3500_PRINTME.PS explains how to use the
header files.
•

DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS.PS – Used for sending a PostScript file as a
standard CCITT FAX transmission, which can received by any FAX
receiver.

•

DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS_SENDPS.PS – Used to send a PostScript file
as PostScript data suitable for other DEClaser 3500 printers or other
PostScript FAX receiver. If the receiver cannot accept the PostScript data,
the call is terminated, and the printer re-computes the data into CCITT
data format and re-dials.

•

DL3500_SEND_FAX_TEXT.PS – Used for sending a text file as a standard
CCITT FAX transmission, which can be received by any FAX receiver.

•

DL3500_SEND_FAX_TEXT_SENDPS.PS – Used to send a text file as
PostScript data suitable for a DEClaser 3500 printer or other PostScript
FAX receiver. If the receiver cannot accept the PostScript data, the call is
terminated, and the printer re-computes the data into CCITT data format
and re-dials.

18–4 Printer-Specific Information

You can also fax ANSI documents using the DEClaser 3500 fax option, in
addition to PostScript and text files as described above. Documents consisting
only of lines of printable ASCII characters can be sent as a text file following
the instructions in SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]FAX_3500_
PRINTME.PS, or as an ANSI document as described below. Documents
containing tabs, form feeds, other control characters, or ANSI escape sequences
must be sent using the instructions below.
To fax an ANSI document, a privileged OpenVMS user must first create a
fax setup module which contains information about the fax recipient. Once
the setup module exists, you use the PRINT/SETUP command to send ANSI
documents to the recipient.
1. Create a fax settings file that includes fax information for a particular
recipient. Use SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]DL3500_
SEND_FAX_PS.PS or DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS_SENDPS.PS as a template,
depending on whether you are sending a fax to a standard CCITT fax
machine or a PostScript fax device such as the DEClaser 3500.
2. Have your system manager create a custom PostScript device control
library if your site does not already have one:
$ LIBRARY /CREATE /TEXT SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]library_name
where library_name is the name you have chosen for your library.
3. The system manager should ensure that the DCPS_LIB logical name points
to both the DCPS device control library (DCPS$DEVCTL) and your custom
device control library or libraries. See the DCPS System Manager’s Guide
and the comments in the SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM command
procedure for more information.
If the definition of DCPS_LIB is changed, the DCPS queues that will be
used for sending faxes must be stopped and restarted.
4. The system manager then creates the fax settings module from the fax
settings file:
$ LIBRARY /INSERT /TEXT SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]library_name _$ fax_settings_file
where fax_settings_file specifies the file containing the fax information.
Now, you can fax ANSI documents with the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=ANSI /SETUP=fax_settings_module fax_file
where fax_settings_module is the name of the setup module that your system
manager created and fax_file is the ANSI document that you want to fax.

Printer-Specific Information 18–5

18.5 DIGITAL DEClaser 5100 Printer
18.5.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules
The following page-protection setup modules adjust the bitmap for the printed
page.
Table 18–1 DEClaser 5100 Printer Page Protection Setup Modules
Setup Module

Description

DL5100_PAGEPROT_ON

Full page bitmaps

DL5100_PAGEPROT_OFF

Partial-page bitmaps and banding

Using the full-page bitmap is referred to as page-protection, and allows
complex pages to print. However, the requested resolution may not be possible
if memory resources are low.
Page-protection settings take priority over resolution settings. If low
memory resources cause a conflict, the requested page-protection mode takes
precedence. Add the /NOTIFY switch on the print command line when using
these modules so that you can see any messages reported by the printer.
The modules have no order dependency on the print command line.
Note
If the printer does not have sufficient memory resources to comply with
the request, and the parameters change to successfully print the job,
you receive a message containing that information. The message also
contains the modified parameters. The following is an example of this
message; the data varies according to the specific situation.
%%[ ConfigInfo: Insufficient printer resources.
Resolution set to [300 300] - Page-Protection ON ]%%

The following example prints at 600 DPI and enables page protection:
$ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=(DL5100_PAGEPROT_ON,RES_600X600) file

18–6 Printer-Specific Information

18.5.2 Errors from PCL Jobs on the LocalTalk Port
When you print PCL files using the native PCL interpreter through the
LocalTalk port, you may see the following error when the PCL job ends:
%DCPS-W-UNDEF, undefined: Name not known - offending command
is <1B>E<1B>
%DCPS-E-FLUSHING, Rest of Job (to EOJ) will be ignored
The entire file has been printed, but the printer may hang. The front panel
displays PS Localtalk as an indication of the hang. To restore normal
operation, press the Reset button on the printer’s front panel.

18.6 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+
The DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+ is an upgrade to the DIGITAL Laser
Printer LN15. References in the DCPS documentation to the DIGITAL Laser
Printer LN15 also apply to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+.

18.6.1 Extraneous USERDATA Messages Appear
USERDATA messages from the job currently printing on the LN15 may appear
when your DCPS job is waiting to print. For example, such messages will
appear on your screen if you used the /NOTIFY qualifier when printing. These
messages should be ignored, as they have no affect on your job.

18.6.2 Choosing Input Trays
You will get erroneous output or receive an error message when trying to print
to the optional lower tray if the lower tray contains paper of a different size
than the top tray. If both input tray and and paper size are specified using
INPUT_TRAY=BOTTOM and either PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZE parameters,
you will get a SIZNOTRAY error. Specifying INPUT_TRAY=BOTTOM without
specifying paper size will result in improperly positioned or truncated output.
To avoid this problem, select the bottom tray by paper size only.

18.6.3 Jobs with Errors May Not Complete
If you specify incorrect job parameters or your job gets a PostScript error,
your job may never finish because the LN15 printer does not always
send an error message to DCPS. Use the DELETE /ENTRY command to
remove the job from the queue and make the printer available for other
jobs. If the LN15 printer displays ‘‘PS Error 19’’ or the LN15+ displays
‘‘WAIT TIMEOUT / Press Continue’’, you must also press the CONTINUE
button on the printer to resume printing. To avoid having to press the printer
button, set the printer’s PostScript timeout setting to a value of 0.

Printer-Specific Information 18–7

18.6.4 Jobs May Not Issue Failure Notifications
Jobs that are printed with the /NOTIFY qualifier and fail may not issue failure
messages. You will, however, get a DCPS error page printed when such errors
occur.

18.7 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps and LN17+ps
The DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps is an upgrade to the DIGITAL LN17ps
printer. References in the DCPS documentation to the DIGITAL LN17ps
printer also apply to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps.

18.7.1 Output May Be Clipped on the LN17ps
Printer output on the LN17ps might be clipped when the following conditions
are met:
•

You specified an INPUT_TRAY value of FRONT or MULTIPURPOSE

•

You specified a sheet size

•

The imageable area of the requested sheet size was larger than the
console-specified size for the manual tray

To avoid such clipping, use INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED.
When you specify an INPUT_TRAY value of FRONT or MULTIPURPOSE for
the LN17ps along with a sheet size, DCPS requires you to specify the sheet
size that matches the console-specified manual size.

18.8 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN40
18.8.1 Jogging and Collation
The following problems can be seen on the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN40
printer when the printer console setting OFFSET STACKING is ON:
•

If a SHEET_COUNT parameter value greater than 1 is specified, job and
file separator pages are printed offset from the user job. In addition, the
copies of each page of your job are offset from the copies of the previous
page.

•

If your document was produced on a PC or contains PostScript commands
specifying the number of copies to print, you may not get the desired
jogging or copy behavior that you expect. For example, you may only get
a single copy of your document, you may get collated copies that are offset
from each other, or the job’s trailer page (if any) may be printed after the
first copy of your document.

18–8 Printer-Specific Information

To avoid these restrictions, use the /COPIES or /JOB_COUNT qualifiers
with your PRINT command rather than the SHEET_COUNT parameter.
Also, do not specify a copy count other than 1 when producing a document
on a PC.
•

If the printer’s COLLATION setting is OFF, the first DCPS job printed
after the LN40 has been powered on will print with each page offset from
the previous page. There is no workaround for this problem.

18.9 Compaq and DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02
The Compaq Laser Printer LNC02 is equivalent to the DIGITAL Laser Printer
LNC02. References in the DCPS documentation to the DIGITAL Laser Printer
LNC02 also apply to the Compaq Laser Printer LNC02.

18.9.1 Incorrect Sheet Count
The sheet count reported on the job trailer page and in the OpenVMS
accounting file is incorrect due to a limitation with the LNC02 printer. There
is no known workaround. The LNC02 has, however, an accounting feature that
can be used to track printer utilization.

18.10 HP 9085 MFP
18.10.1 Selecting Paper of Non-Default Size
This printer does not return all information requested by DCPS during a print
job. Specifically, the size of paper in the requested tray is not then known to
DCPS. Therefore, it is not possible to select paper by tray name alone if the
paper in the tray is not the printer’s default size. If INPUT_TRAY is specified
and that tray contains paper that is not the printer’s default size, the printer
will prompt you to load paper of the requested size.
To select a tray that contains paper that is not of the printer’s default size, use
a combination of the parameters MEDIA_TYPE, PAGE_SIZE and/or SHEET_
SIZE instead of INPUT_TRAY.

18.11 HP LaserJet Printers
18.11.1 Incomplete Printing of ANSI Text
The HP LaserJet IIID, LaserJet IIISi LaserJet 4M, LaserJet 4ML, LaserJet
4MX, and LaserJet 4SiMX printers have a slightly smaller printable area than
other printers. As a result, if you print an ANSI text file that utilizes 66 lines
per page, the bottom three points of the 66th line will not print.

Printer-Specific Information 18–9

You can work around this restriction by using layup options. One solution is to
create and use a layup definition file with the following options:
noborders
margins = 0, 3, 0, 0
Or, you can provide those options directly on the command line:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(LAYUP="(NOBORDERS;MARGINS=0,3,0,0)")
The LaserJet 5M printer has a similar restriction for 66 lines of ANSI text,
except that you need to allow for an 11-point (versus 3-point) bottom margin.

18.12 HP LaserJet 4MV
18.12.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizes
The 4MV printer supports both the JIS and ISO standards for B5 paper
sizes. For this printer, the JIS size is regarded as paper while the ISO size is
regarded as an envelope. In DCPS, there is only one B5 option for specifying
sheet size. DCPS handles the two B5 sizes as follows:
Parameter

Configuration

Result

SHEET_SIZE=B5

ISO is loaded in
tray xxx

Pages print in tray xxx with ISO image
area

SHEET_SIZE=B5

JIS is loaded in
tray xxx

DCPS reports ‘‘B5 medium not loaded in
printer_name’’

INPUT_TRAY=xxx,
SHEET_SIZE=B5 (xxx
is MANUAL_FEED)

ISO or JIS is
loaded in tray
xxx

Pages print in tray xxx with ISO image
area, regardless of the B5 variant

INPUT_TRAY=xxx,
SHEET_SIZE=B5 (xxx is
anything but MANUAL_
FEED)

ISO or JIS is
loaded in tray
xxx

Pages print in tray xxx with the correct
image area for each B5 variant

18.13 HP LaserJet 5SiMX
18.13.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizes
The 5SiMX printer supports both the JIS and ISO standards for B5 paper
sizes. DCPS handles the two B5 sizes as described in Section 18.12.1.

18–10 Printer-Specific Information

18.13.2 Optional Mailbox
DCPS numbers the optional mailbox bins on the HP 5SiMX printer from one
through eight, which is consistent with the numbers molded into the plastic
beside the bins. The 5SiMX console, in contrast, refers to these same bins as
numbers two through nine.

18.14 HP Color LaserJet 2500, LaserJet 2100 and 2200
18.14.1 Media Size Not Selectable
The HP Color LaserJet 2500 and LaserJet 2100 and 2200 printers cannot
detect the size of paper in their trays. Therefore, the following restrictions
apply when using DCPS with this printer:
•

It is not possible to select media by paper size.

•

If paper of a different size than the default is loaded in a tray, its size will
be considered as the default size. For example, if the default printer paper
size is letter, a legal-size document will be truncated to letter size when
printing on legal size paper.

To avoid printing on the wrong size paper, set the tray with the default paper
size ‘‘unlocked’’ and set all other trays ‘‘locked’’.

18.15 HP LaserJet 4200, 4300, 9000 and 9000 MFP
18.15.1 Stapling
Output trays STACKER and STAPLER refer to the same physical tray,
included with the printer’s optional finisher.
The preferred way to specify stapling is with the DCPS parameter STAPLE,
which offers four different staple positions and takes page orientation into
account when determining staple position. Therefore, when specifying stapled
output with the STAPLE parameter, use OUTPUT_TRAY=STACKER.
If you specify OUTPUT_TRAY=STAPLER, the printer will staple output by
default and place the staple in the printer’s default staple position. Job burst
and flag pages, if any, will be stapled to your job.
Not all staple positions are possible given the printer’s paper feed direction
and page orientation specified. Also, the HP LaserJet 9000 offers more possible
stapling positions than the LaserJet 4200 and 4300 printers, which can staple
only at the top left for portrait output and top right for landscape output.

Printer-Specific Information 18–11

18.16 HP LaserJet 8000, 8100 and 8150
18.16.1 Optional Mailbox
DCPS numbers the optional mailbox bins on the HP LaserJet 8000 printer
from 1-5, 1-7 or 1-8, depending on the particular option installed. This is
consistent with the numbers molded into the plastic beside the bins. The
printer’s console, in contrast, refers to these same bins as numbers two
through nine. Refer to the HP LaserJet User Guide for your printer model for
more information about the numbering and purpose of trays with different
options and configurations.

18.17 Lexmark Optra Rt+
18.17.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizes
The Optra Rt+ printer supports both the JIS and ISO standards for B5 paper
sizes. DCPS handles the two B5 sizes as described in Section 18.12.1.

18.18 Lexmark Optra S
18.18.1 Printing Otherenvelope and Universal Paper Sizes
Lexmark Optra S printers can print paper sizes Otherenvelope and Universal.
Otherenvelopetray (612 x 996) and Universal (612 x 1020) have different page
sizes than Legal (612 x 1008). However, they have the same imageable area
as Legal (600 x 996), so will be treated as the same size. Users wanting these
sizes should specify PAGE_SIZE=LEGAL.

18.19 Xerox Phaser 4500, 6250, 7300, 7750 and 8400
18.19.1 Protocols Supported
18.19.2 Media Type Selection Not Supported
It is not possible to select paper by media type on these printers. If you specify
a value for the MEDIA_TYPE parameter, your request will be ignored.

18–12 Printer-Specific Information

A
System Messages and Error Recovery
This appendix describes system messages issued by the DCPS software. These
messages are identified by a facility code of DCPS. Refer to the HP OpenVMS
System Messages: Companion Guide for Help Message Users for descriptions
of other messages issued by the OpenVMS operating system or use the online
help message utility with the command HELP /MESSAGE.
This appendix includes the following sections:
•

System message overview, Section A.1

•

Message descriptions, Section A.2

•

Layup definition (BADLAYDEF) messages, Section A.3

A.1 System Message Overview
DECprint Supervisor system messages are classified into two categories based
on their destination. Some messages are sent to the system operator, others go
to the user.
To receive user messages, use the /NOTIFY qualifier with the PRINT
command. The messages are sent in response to your print request and
in response to system conditions that affect your print request.
To receive operator messages, you need operator (OPER) privileges and must
execute the REPLY /ENABLE=PRINTER command. You then receive the
operator messages that apply to your host system.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–1

Note
To system managers: To receive operator messages, ensure that
OPCOM is running. Start OPCOM by issuing the command:
$ @SYS$SYSTEM:STARTUP OPCOM
Start OPCOM before executing the REPLY /ENABLE=PRINTER
command.

DCPS system messages have one of the following formats:
%fac-s-ident, text
-fac-s-ident, text
Code

Meaning

The prefix for all primary messages

The prefix for all continuation messages

fac

The facility code, which should be DCPS

The severity level of the message

ident

An abbreviation of the message text

text

The expanded text of the message

The severity levels of DECprint Supervisor system messages are defined as
follows:
Code

Meaning

Success — successful completion of the request

Informational — may require user action

Warning — request may not have completed and may require user action

Error — system encountered an error that may be recoverable

Fatal — system encountered a fatal error and cannot continue processing this
request

A–2 System Messages and Error Recovery

A.2 Message Descriptions
The following messages are alphabetized by the ident portion of the messages,
ignoring any underscores (‘‘_’’) that may be present. The message prefix,
facility designation and severity code are not shown. If the facility designation
is other than DCPS, refer to the HP OpenVMS System Messages: Companion
Guide for Help Message Users for the message description or use the online
help message utility with the command HELP /MESSAGE.
BAD_DATATYPE, Unexpected data type data-type at line n in DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file
Explanation: A data type given in the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There will
be no attempt to match the file extension to a data type.
User Action: The system manager should correct the problem data type in
the file. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and started
(START /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.
BAD_DEVCTL, Bad library device control specification — string.
Explanation: This message appears when an error occurs in the
specification of a component, indicated by string, in the logical device
control library.
User Action: Change the specification and restart the queue.
BAD_FILETYPE, Unexpected file type file-extension at line n in DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE
Explanation: A file extension given in the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There will
be no attempt to match the file extension to a data type.
User Action: The system manager should correct the problem file
extension. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and
started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.
BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layup definition
Explanation: There is an error in the layup definition file included with
your print job.
User Action: See Section A.3 for a description of the text that can
be displayed as the condition in a BADLAYDEF layup definition error
message. Check the line in the layup definition file that is indicated in the
error message.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–3

BADLIBNAM_IGNOR, Bad library name library-name; ignored
Explanation: The print symbiont either did not find library-name in your
library search list, or the syntax for the library was not correct.
User Action: Check the list of device control libraries defined in the
search list in the printer startup file, SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM.
Ensure that the libraries specified are in the SYS$LIBRARY directory.
BAD_LIBRARY_NAME, Bad library name library-name; used qualified-libraryspecification
Explanation: The library-name specified contained something different
from the library file name.
User Action: Check the elements of the library search list in the
SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure. Include only library file
names, without node names, device names, directory names, or file name
extensions.
BADOPC, OPC belt is bad
Explanation: The OPC belt requires replacement.
User Action: Replace the OPC cartridge, carefully following the
instructions in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator’s Guide.
BADOPCTONERUFL, OPC belt is bad and or toner empty
Explanation: The toner cartridge is empty, or the OPC belt requires
replacement, or both.
User Action: Replace both the toner cartridge and the OPC cartridge.
Follow the directions in the respective replacement kits or refer to the
procedures described in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator’s Guide.
BAD_PUNCTUATION_GETTOKEN, Unexpected punctuation for a file type
punctuation at line n in DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file
Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not as expected. A
comma ( , ) or colon ( ; ) is expected to follow a file extension. There will be
no attempt to match any file extension to a data type.
User Action: The system manager should correct the problem punctuation
in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and
started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.

A–4 System Messages and Error Recovery

BAD_PUNCTUATION_READDEF, Unexpected punctuation following a data
type punctuation at line n in DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file
Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not as expected. There
will be no attempt to match any file extension to a data type.
User Action: The system manager should correct the problem punctuation
in the file. A colon ( : ) is expected to follow a data type. The queue must be
stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START /QUEUE) for a new
file to be read.
BADVMSVER, This product requires VMS version x.x or later to install
Explanation: The DCPS software requires that your system be running a
version of the OpenVMS operating system that is later than the version it
is currently running.
User Action: Upgrade your operating system to the correct version.
CANTCHECKPNT, Checkpointed job job number is requeued
Explanation: A print job was stopped and has been requeued. The job
will print from the beginning.
User Action: Check the printed output. If it is not complete, resubmit the
job.
CANTUSETRN, Translator from data-type to PostScript is unusable
Explanation: The translator generated a severe error and has been
marked unusable. Subsequent jobs with data type data-type also incur this
message and are placed on hold by the print symbiont.
User Action: Restart the print queue. This action loads a new copy of the
translator. When the queue is restarted, release the jobs that were placed
on hold. Report this problem to the HP Customer Support Center.
CFGERROR, configuration error: invalidmediumcode — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–5

If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the program that generated the PostScript file is in error.
Refer to the PostScript Language Reference Manual for help in locating the
error. Resubmit the corrected file.
CMEMERR, Internal controller memory error
Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor has encountered a memory
failure in the printer controller.
User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03R
ScriptPrinter Operator’s Guide.
CONAPPLICATION, Connection request is not to a LAT applications port
Explanation: You requested a connection to a LAT applications port that
the system does not recognize.
User Action: Specify the correct applications port name in
the SYS$STARTUP:LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM procedure and restart the
queue.
CONTERMINATED, Connection abnormally terminated
Explanation: Your network connection to the printer was terminated
abnormally. For PrintServer printers, the printer was turned off or a cable
was disconnected.
User Action: Make sure that the network device has power and that
characteristics of the terminal server port that serves the printer agree
with the characteristics listed in the DCPS Software Installation Guide.
Restart the queue.
CONTIMEOUT, Connection timed out, server not available, or incorrect server
name specified
Explanation: The connection timed out. You selected a server that was
not available or you provided an incorrect server name. The timeout period
is 5 seconds.
User Action: Specify the correct server name of an available server.
Restart the queue.
DATAOVERUN, Data overrun
Explanation: This message indicates a communication error.
User Action: Set a lower baud rate for the printer.

A–6 System Messages and Error Recovery

DATA_TYPE_MISMATCH, file-tag tagged file being processed as data-type
Explanation: The file contained instructions indicating a data type
different from the one that you included in the DATA_TYPE parameter.
User Action: The file is processed using a default data type. If it is the
correct data type, your print job is processed successfully. If your print
job is aborted, resubmit the files for printing and be sure to indicate the
appropriate data type in the DATA_TYPE parameter.
DICTFULL, dictfull: No more room in dictionary — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the message is displayed during the printing of a PostScript file, either
the PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
DICTSTKOV, dictstackoverflow: Too many begins
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed too many begins without
corresponding ends.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center
and submit a problem report.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
DICTSTKUF, dictstackunderflow: Too many ends
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed too many ends without
corresponding begins.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center
and submit a problem report.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–7

If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
DISABLED, PrintServer is currently disabled and cannot accept jobs
Explanation: You submitted a print job for a PrintServer printer that
cannot accept jobs.
User Action: Enable job acceptance on that printer.
DPLXNOSUP, printer-name does not support duplex printing
Explanation: The printer does not support printing on two sides of the
paper.
User Action: Resubmit your print job without asking for duplex printing
or send it to a printer that supports duplex printing.
DPXFJAM, Please clear paper jam caused by DPX feed path
Explanation: The printer has a paper jam.
User Action: After you clear the paper jam, the print job will be
continued.
DRIVEERR, Print Engine driving unit error — FATAL ERROR
Explanation: The ScriptPrinter print driver has a fatal problem.
User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the chapter on service
in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator’s Guide.
DTSCOPEN, Print Engine developer tray/side cover is open
Explanation: The developer tray is open or the side cover is open.
User Action: Close the developer tray or the side cover.
EJECTJAM, Print engine paper eject section is jammed
Explanation: This is an LN03 Image printer message indicating that
your printer has a paper jam in the paper eject section.
User Action: Clear the paper jam. Resubmit the current job.

A–8 System Messages and Error Recovery

ENVELDONTDUP, Envelopes cannot be printed duplex
Explanation: The print job requested an envelope paper size and either
duplex or two-sided tumble printing.
User Action: You cannot print on both sides of the envelope. Resubmit
the print request, changing the paper size requested (SHEET_SIZE,
PAGE_SIZE, or INPUT_TRAY=ENVELOPE_FEEDER), or changing the
page layout choice (SIDES parameter) to one-sided printing.
EXECSTKOV, Exec nesting is too deep — offending command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center
and submit a problem report.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
EXITSRVR, exitserver has been executed — permanent state may be changed
Explanation: The PostScript operator exitserver has been successfully
executed. The permanent PostScript system parameters may have been
altered.
User Action: No action is required.
EXTNFILEOPENERR, Cannot open file extension to data_type file DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT_DEFAULT
Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could not find or open
the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT_
DEFAULT. There will be no attempt to match a file extension to a data
type.
User Action: The system manager should verify that no matching
of file extension to data type is desired. If such matching is desired,
a DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT_DEFAULT should be
restored from the installation, and a local site file (.DAT) created, if
necessary. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and
started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–9

EXTNFILEREADERR, Error reading file extension to data_type file
DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT]
Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could not read the file
SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT].
There will be no attempt to match file extensions to data types.
User Action: The system manager should verify the integrity of this file.
The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START
/QUEUE) for a new file to be read.
FLUSHING, Rest of job (to EOJ) will be ignored
Explanation: An error or some other event caused the PostScript
interpreter to ignore the rest of the job. This message is preceded by
informational messages about the reason the job was aborted.
User Action: Check the other messages returned.
FONTNOTFOUND, Font font-name not found
Explanation: The font setup module specified by /PARAMETERS=FONTS_
USED is not in the font library.
User Action: The file is printed without the requested font. If you are not
satisfied with the output, then specify a font that is in the font library, or
have the system manager install the missing font. (Refer to Appendix D
for more information about ordering optional font kits.)
FPGGTPPS, First page > pages per sheet. First page set to 1.
Explanation: Your print job includes a layup definition file that uses the
FIRSTPAGE and PAGESPERSHEET options. However, the FIRSTPAGE
option requests that the first page be printed in a page spot that is beyond
the number specified with the PAGESPERSHEET option.
User Action: No action is required if you want the pages to be printed
at the page spots given with the PAGESPERSHEET layup option. For
example, if PAGESPERSHEET=5, the first page on the first sheet will
print in the fifth page spot. If you want a different spot, edit the layup
definition file and resubmit your print job.
FTLDEVCTL, Fatal device control library problem. Config error: configuration
error on printer-name
Explanation: The device control library has a fatal error.
User Action: Report this problem the HP Customer Support Center.

A–10 System Messages and Error Recovery

FUSCOPEN, Print Engine fuser cover is open
Explanation: This message is sent when the paper exit cover is open.
User Action: Close the paper exit cover.
FUSINGERR, Print Engine fusing error — FATAL ERROR
Explanation: There is a fatal error in the fusing mechanism.
User Action: Call HP Customer Services. See the printer operator’s guide
for information.
HANGUP, Data set hang-up
Explanation: The printer was power-cycled during a print job and
therefore the job is aborted.
User Action: Resubmit the lost print job. Subsequent jobs will print
normally.
HPGENERIC, Product name product-name not recognized; assuming HP
Generic
Explanation: The printer model mentioned is an HP printer, but not one
supported by DCPS. A set of commands known to work on other HP models
will be used. It is possible that not all DCPS features will be supported.
User Action: None. This message states the mode in which the printer
will be run.
ILLEGAL_CHAR, Illegal character character at line n in DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file
Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There will
be no attempt to match file extensions to data types.
User Action: The system manager should correct the problem in the file.
The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START
/QUEUE) for a new file to be read.
INTERNAL_ERROR, Internal error number detected, cannot continue
Explanation: A fatal internal error identified by number has occurred.
User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support Center.
Include the number from the error message in your report.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–11

INTERUPT, Interrupt: The job has been interrupted
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an external request to
interrupt the PostScript program. This message is displayed as part of the
Abort process.
User Action: None. This message confirms a requested action.
INTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name
Explanation: The specified input tray is not currently installed on the
printer.
User Action: Install the required input tray and resubmit the print job,
or resubmit the print job specifying an input tray that is installed.
INTRAYNOTSUP, No tray-name on printer-name
Explanation: The specified input tray is not supported by the printer.
User Action: Resubmit the print job, specifying an input tray that is
supported on the printer, or specifying a printer that supports the required
input tray.
INVACC, invalidaccess: Attempt to store into read-only object — offending
command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
INVDDIFDATA, Invalid DDIF data, flushing to end of file
Explanation: Your file contains unsupported DDIF data.
User Action: Make sure that your file contains only DDIF tags from the
image data subset. Then resubmit the job.

A–12 System Messages and Error Recovery

INVDDIFFILE, File is not in DDIF format
Explanation: You submitted a file for printing with the DATA_TYPE=DDIF
parameter but the file did not contain DDIF tags.
User Action: Resubmit your printing job with the proper DATA_TYPE
parameter.
INVEXIT, invalidexit: Exit not in loop
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript operator exitserver.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
INVFILACC, invalidfileaccess: Bad file access string — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
INVFONT, invalidfont: Bad font name or dictionary — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–13

If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
INVIMGPRM, Invalid DDIF image parameters, image frame ignored
Explanation: Your file contains unsupported image parameters.
User Action: Correct your file to include supported image parameters and
resubmit the job.
INVREST, invalidrestore: Improper restore — offending command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
IOERROR, System I/O error occurred — offending command is string
Explanation: The ScriptPrinter printer sensed an I/O error as a result of
a communication fault.
User Action: Resubmit the job to be printed. If the error occurs
again, examine the communications line for hardware, data rate, or
parity/framing problems.
IPHOSTUNKNOWN, unknown or invalid internet host
Explanation: The printer’s internet host name is unknown or invalid.
User Action: Check that you have specified the correct host name. If
it is correct, see if the ping internet host utility can communicate with
the printer. You may have a problem with your network or name server.
If the problem has occurred since your system was rebooted, ensure
that the DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure has commands to initialize
the associated DCPS queue, and that DCPS$STARTUP.COM will run
whenever your system reboots.

A–14 System Messages and Error Recovery

ITCOPN, Print engine paper input tray cover is open
Explanation: The paper input tray is open.
User Action: Close the paper input tray cover.
JOBABORT, Job job-number aborted
Explanation: The specified job was terminated for one of the following
reasons. Take the actions recommended for the appropriate problem:
•

You deleted an active job on the local print queue.

•

PostScript requested that the job be aborted due to a printer or internal
error. In this case, another error message provides specific information
about the required action.

•

The print symbiont process stopped. In this case, report this problem to
the HP Customer Support Center with a description of your DECprint
Supervisor configuration and the circumstances under which this error
occurred.

•

An internal error occurred in the job controller.

JOBFINISH, Job job-number finish
Explanation: The entire print job has been processed by the DECprint
Supervisor software. This does not necessarily mean the print job has
finished printing.
User Action: None.
JOB_ID, for job job-name (queue queue-name, entry job-number) on executionqueue-name
Explanation: Informational message received when you include the
/NOTIFY qualifier with the PRINT command. This message provides you
with more information about the previously displayed message.
User Action: None.
JOBSTART, Job job-number start
Explanation: Connection to the printer has been established and the
printer is now printing the job.
User Action: None.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–15

KEYNOTREC, The keyword value in the /PARAMETERS qualifier was not
recognized
Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software detected an invalid
keyword in the /PARAMETERS qualifier of the PRINT command.
User Action: Check the syntax of the parameter you entered. Resubmit
the print request with the correct keyword.
KIT_EXPIRED, This version of DCPS has expired
Explanation: The version of DCPS you are running is a field test version
and has expired.
User Action: Upgrade your system to a released version, or later field test
version, of DCPS.
LAYUPIGNORED, layup_definition parameter ignored, since Number_Up=0
was specified
Explanation: You specified NUMBER_UP=0 with layup definition, which
disables layup.
User Action: If you want to use a layup definition file, specify a nonzero
value for NUMBER_UP or do not use the NUMBER_UP parameter. The
default is NUMBER_UP=1.
LAYUPOPENERR, Can’t open layup definition file file-name
Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in the PRINT
command is not in the DCPS$LAYUP directory, or the DCPS$LAYUP
logical is not defined.
User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition file name and try
the command again.
LAYUPREADERR, Read error on layup definition file file-name
Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in the PRINT
command is not in DCPS$LAYUP, or DCPS$LAYUP is not defined.
User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition file name and try
the command again.

A–16 System Messages and Error Recovery

LIMCHK, limitcheck: Implementation limit exceeded — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
LOGOPENERR, Can’t open log file filename
Explanation: This error occurs with the MESSAGES=KEEP parameter,
as either a PRINT qualifier or a queue default, when you cannot open a log
file.
User Action: Check the user’s record in the system UAF file and make
sure it contains the correct device and directory name.
LOGWRITERR, Write error on log file filename
Explanation: This error occurs with the MESSAGES=KEEP parameter,
as either a PRINT qualifier or a queue default, when you cannot write to a
log file.
User Action: Check the user’s record in the system UAF file and make
sure it contains the correct device and directory name.
LOSTPATH, The current path may have been lost
Explanation: You receive this message when layup interacts with a
PostScript program that contains the results of the charpath operator in
the current path during a showpage operation.
User Action: Correct the PostScript program. Refer to the PostScript
Language Reference Manual.
LOXJAM, Please clear paper jam caused by lower transport station
Explanation: A paper jam occurred in the lower portion of the printer.
User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job will be continued
automatically.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–17

LPDTERMINATED, LPD Connection abnormally terminated
Explanation: An LPD connection was made, but LPD on the printer or
remote host has terminated the connection.
User Action: For a printer, make sure you specify the correct internal
queue name, if required, when creating the queue. For a remote host,
make sure you specify the correct queue name for the remote print queue.
LPSPCLERR, Job aborted due to PrintServer protocol error
Explanation: The client or the PrintServer printer violated the LAPS
protocol, causing the job to be aborted.
User Action: Try submitting the print job again. If necessary, reboot the
printer. If the job continues to fail, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center with a description of your PrintServer configuration and
the circumstances under which the error occurs.
LRJACCESSDENIED, Access denied
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that your group is not
authorized to access the port connected to the printer. Your connection
request is rejected.
User Action: Enable the group for the port and start the queue again.
LRJACCESSREJECT, Immediate access is rejected
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you cannot access LAT
services at the moment.
User Action: None. The printing system tries again later.
LRJCORRUPT, Corrupted request
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that your connection request
for LAT services was corrupt and therefore rejected.
User Action: Restart the queue later.
LRJDELETED, Queue entry deleted by server
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LAT device deleted
your queue entry and terminated your LAT connection.
User Action: Restart the queue and send the print job again.
LRJDISABLE, Service is disabled
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LAT service node
software is disabled.
User Action: Restart the queue after the LAT service node is enabled.

A–18 System Messages and Error Recovery

LRJILLEGAL, Illegal request parameters
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that an internal printer error
has occurred.
User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support Center.
LRJINUSE, Port of service in use
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the port you selected is in
use.
User Action: None. The printing system retries the operation later.
LRJNAMEUNKNOWN, Port Name is unknown
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you requested a port
unknown to the service.
User Action: Specify the correct port name in the LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM
procedure and the DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure. Restart the queue.
LRJNOSERVICE, No such service
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the service name is invalid
or does not match any authorized group for the port.
User Action: Specify a valid service name or enable your group for the
port connected to the serial printer. Restart the queue.
LRJNOSTART, Session cannot be started
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you cannot start another
session on that port at the present time.
User Action: None. The printing system retries the operation later.
LRJNOTOFFERED, Service is not offered on the requested port
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you have requested a
service that is not offered on that particular port.
User Action: Use SHOW SERVICES and SHOW NODES to check service
names and node names. Specify the name of a port that offers the required
service (connection to a printer) in the LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM file and
restart the queue.
LRJNOTSUPPORT, Requested function is not supported
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that an internal printer error
has occurred.
User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support Center.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–19

LRJRESOURCE, Insufficient resources at server
Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LAT device cannot
service your request.
User Action: None. The printing system retries later.
LRJSHUTDOWN, System shutdown in progress
Explanation: The system is shutting down.
User Action: Resubmit your connection request when system resources
have returned.
LRJUNKNOWN, Unknown
Explanation: Your request for a LAT connection is rejected for reasons
that cannot be determined.
User Action: Refer to the HP OpenVMS System Management Utilities
Reference Manual for help to correct the problem and restart the queue.
MANFEEDTIMEOUT, Manual feed timeout
Explanation: You requested the manual feed input tray in the print job.
However, the printer did not get the paper in the slot before the timeout
occurred.
User Action: When you use the manual feed slot, you must load the paper
into the slot when your print job starts printing.
MEDIATYPENOSUP, Media type selection not supported for PostScript Level
1 printers
Explanation: You requested that your job select paper based on media
type selection. This feature is not supported on PostScript Level 1 printers.
User Action: Send your job to a printer that runs PostScript Level 2 or
above.
MEDIATYPENOTAVL, No mediatype type medium is loaded in printer name
Explanation: The printer does not have the media type you requested
loaded in any tray.
User Action: Choose another printer or a different media type.

A–20 System Messages and Error Recovery

MEDIATYPENOTRAY, mediatype type medium is not in the tray tray in
printer name
Explanation: You requested both a specific tray and media type for your
job. The printer does not have the media type loaded in the tray you
requested.
User Action: Select another combination of tray and media type, or choose
by another combination of paper size, tray and/or media type.
NEGAREA, Layup definition margins overlap one another
Explanation: You included a layup definition file in your print job that
sets the margins so that they overlap.
User Action: Edit the layup definition file to change the margins and
resubmit your job. Refer to the MARGINS option in DCPS User’s Guide for
information.
NEWSETUPFILE, creating new version of setup file
Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure is creating a new version of
the setup file, used when the procedure is later run in setup mode.
User Action: None. This message is informational.
NEWSTARTUP, newer version of DCPS$STARTUP available
Explanation: A new version of DCPS$STARTUP is available.
User Action: Copy the new version from
SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.TEMPLATE and incorporate your sitespecific changes. This is not required, but recommended to keep up with
new features incorporated into the DCPS startup procedure.
NOCOPYPG, "copypage" is not supported by multipage layup
Explanation: The copypage operator is ignored when you use layup to
print more than one page to a sheet.
User Action: None.
NOCURPT, nocurrentpoint: Path is empty — offending command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–21

If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
NODEVCTLLIB, No device control library specified for the queue
Explanation: The printer queue does not have a device control library.
User Action: Associate the standard device control library with the queue
and resubmit your request.
NOFONTLIBR, Font library string not found
Explanation: The required soft font kit has not been installed on the
system, or there is a system problem.
User Action: Your print job completes without the requested fonts. If the
output is not acceptable, resubmit the print job after the required soft font
kit has been installed.
NOINPTRAY, INPUT_TRAY selection not supported for printer-name
Explanation: The printer associated with the queued request does not
support the INPUT_TRAY parameter to the PRINT command.
User Action: Resubmit your print job without requesting an input tray.
NOLAYUPFIL, Layup definition module module-name is not accessible
Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in the PRINT
command is not in the area pointed to by the DCPS$LAYUP directory, or
the DCPS$LAYUP logical name is not defined.
User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition file name and try
the command again. Do not include the directory name or file extension of
the layup definition file in the PRINT command.
NOOUTTRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, tray-name, not supported on printer name
Explanation: The printer does not support the specified option of the
OUTPUT_TRAY parameter.
User Action: Resubmit your job without requesting an output tray or use
one of the acceptable options for the printer.
NORMALMODE, startup running in normal mode
Explanation: The DCPS procedure is not being run in normal, rather
than setup, mode.
User Action: None. This message is informational.

A–22 System Messages and Error Recovery

NOSETUPFILE, setup file not found
Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure was requested to be run in
setup mode, but no previously-created setup file was found. Therefore, the
procedure will run in normal mode.
User Action: If the startup procedure had never been run in normal
mode, no setup file would have been created. If it had, the setup file has
been deleted or moved. No action is necessary as the startup procedure
will create a new setup file if one is not found.
NOSETTRAY, Tray selection is not supported by multipage layup
Explanation: Output tray selection operators are ignored when you use
layup to print more than one page to a sheet.
User Action: None.
NOSHEETANDTRAY, Cannot specify both Sheet_size and Input_tray on this
printer
Explanation: Both a SHEET_SIZE and INPUT_TRAY parameter were
specified for your print job, but the two are incompatible for the specified
printer.
User Action: Select the desired paper using only one of these parameters.
NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet size must be specified for input-tray
Explanation: You included the INPUT_TRAY parameter with either the
MANUAL_FEED or ENVELOPE_FEEDER value, but you did not also
specify the sheet size with the SHEET_SIZE or PAGE_SIZE parameter.
User Action: When you specify MANUAL_FEED or ENVELOPE_
FEEDER, you must specify the paper size with either the SHEET_SIZE or
PAGE_SIZE parameter.
NOSUCHDEV, No such device device name
Explanation: The device name in the execution queue definition in
SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM, the printer startup command file,
is incorrect.
User Action: Include the correct device name in parameter p2 of the
execution queue definition in the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file.
NOTONERCART, Toner cartridge is missing
Explanation: The printer has no toner cartridge or the toner cartridge
has not been installed properly.
User Action: Install the toner cartridge properly. The print job is
completed automatically when this problem is corrected.
System Messages and Error Recovery A–23

NOT_READY, Printer not ready.
Explanation: You tried to start a print queue and the printer is not
connected or powered on.
User Action: Refer to the troubleshooting procedures in Chapter 17 for
ways to diagnose the problem.
OFFLINE, Print engine has gone off line
Explanation: The printer is off line.
User Action: Put the printer back on line.
OLDSETUP, setup file older than startup file
Explanation: The creation date of the DCPS startup procedure is newer
than its setup file. The startup procedure will use the older setup file.
User Action: Check to see if the changes made to the startup procedure
would affect the definition of logical names as defined in the older setup
file. If so, create a new setup file by running the startup procedure without
the SETUP parameter. If not, no action is required.
OPCMARKERR, OPC synchronous mark error
Explanation: The printer has a problem with its OPC mechanism.
User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03R
ScriptPrinter Operator’s Guide.
OPTICERR, Print Engine optical unit error — FATAL ERROR
Explanation: The optical unit of the printer encountered a fatal problem.
User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03R
ScriptPrinter Operator’s Guide.
OUTSIZNOTSUP, size-name size medium is not supported on printer-name
output device
Explanation: The specified sheet size is not supported by the printer.
User Action: Use a supported sheet size, or use a different printer that
supports the specified size.

A–24 System Messages and Error Recovery

OUTTRAYMISMATCH, Printer printer-name output tray setting does not
match requested output-tray on printer-name
Explanation: The output tray must be manually selected on the printer.
The print job requested an output tray other than the currently selected
output tray.
User Action: Either manually select the requested output tray and
resubmit the print job, or resubmit the print job requesting the output tray
that is currently selected on the printer.
OUTTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name
Explanation: The specified output tray is not currently installed on the
printer.
User Action: Install the required output tray and resubmit the print job,
or resubmit the print job specifying an output tray that is installed.
PAPERENTRYMIS, Paper entry misfeed
Explanation: A paper jam has occurred in the printer input tray
mechanism.
User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job is completed
automatically when this problem is corrected.
PAPEREXITMIS, Paper exit misfeed
Explanation: A paper jam has occurred in the printer output tray
mechanism.
User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job is completed
automatically when this problem is corrected.
PAPERJAM, Paper jam, job put on hold
Explanation: A paper jam occurred at the printer. The print job has been
put on hold.
User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next, issue the following
DCL command to release and restart the print job:
$ SET ENTRY nnn /RELEASE /NOCHECKPOINT queue-name
In the command line, supply the following information:
nnn

The print job entry number in the queue

queue-name

The name of the print queue

The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use the PAGE_LIMIT
parameter if you want to print only the pages that were not printed before
the paper jam occurred.
System Messages and Error Recovery A–25

PARSYNERR, Syntax error in the PARAMETERS qualifier at or near string
Explanation: There is a syntax error in the /PARAMETERS qualifier
of the PRINT command. The error was located at or near the string
parameter.
User Action: Check the syntax of the parameters you entered. Resubmit
the print request with the correct syntax.
PPSGTNUP, Pages per sheet > Number_Up. Pages per sheet set to Number_
Up
Explanation: You included both a layup definition file and the NUMBER_
UP parameter in your print job. However, the layup definition file requests
that the number of pages printed per sheet be greater than the number
specified with the NUMBER_UP parameter.
User Action: No action is required if you want the number of pages per
sheet to equal the number you specified with the NUMBER_UP parameter.
If you want the number of pages per sheet to equal the number given in
the layup definition file, reissue the PRINT command specifying a larger
number with the NUMBER_UP parameter.
PRESET, resetting printer
Explanation: The printer controller detected an internal error. It
executes the power-up sequence, which effectively resets the printer and
the PostScript interpreter.
User Action: No user action is required.
PRHDWERR, Print Engine hardware error
Explanation: There is a hardware error in the printer.
User Action: Call HP Customer Services.
PRINTERSTALLED, Printer printer-name is stalled
Explanation: You usually see this message when the printer is out of
paper. Sometimes PostScript commands that take a long time to execute
cause this message.
User Action: Check for previous printer messages that may indicate the
reason for the stalled condition. Refer to the DCPS System Manager’s
Guide for more information about stalled queues.
PRUNKERR, Print Engine unknown error status
Explanation: There is a hardware error in the printer.
User Action: Refer to the printer operator’s guide or call HP Customer
Services.
A–26 System Messages and Error Recovery

PRWRDWERR, printer timed out
Explanation: The print engine reports no error condition, but it is not yet
ready to print after correcting a print engine error. This state is temporary.
User Action: No user action is required.
PSTERM, Unexpected termination of PostScript interpreter
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter has a fatal error.
User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support Center.
PUNCHNOSUP, Punching feature not supported for printer-name printer
Explanation: The printer to which you are printing does not have a
DCPS-supported punch option installed.
User Action: Print to a printer with a DCPS-supported punch option or
do not specify the PUNCH parameter on the command line.
PWRCYCL, The printer power was cycled
Explanation: This is an informational message. Power to the printer was
turned off and then on.
User Action: None.
PWRFAIL, The printer power was cycled while a job was active
Explanation: Power to the printer was turned off and then on while a job
was printing.
User Action: Check your print job to see if you need to resubmit it for
printing.
RANGECHK, rangecheck: Argument out of bounds — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a range-check error while
trying to execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–27

REQMANFEED, Request manual feed of media-size
Explanation: The printer changed input trays. This message is
displayed when you specify INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED or INPUT_
TRAY=ENVELOPE_FEEDER. The job separation pages have been printed
from the printer’s default input tray and the file data is to be printed on
paper from the manual feed or envelope feed tray.
User Action: This message is informational, prompting you to begin
feeding the media into the requested input tray.
REQMODNOTFOUND, Required device control module module-name not
found
Explanation: A required device control module, LPS$$module-name,
located in the standard device control library, DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB, was
not found.
User Action: Check to see that the standard device control library,
DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB, is listed in your library search list in the
DCPS$STARTUP.COM file. Check the following:
•

Make sure the SYS$LIBRARY directory contains the DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB
file.

•

Make sure no previous versions of the DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB file are
stored in the SYS$SPECIFIC directory tree.

•

Use the LIBRARY /LIST SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB
command to ensure that the indicated module-name is among those
listed.

If the above conditions are not met, reinstall the DECprint Supervisor
software. If this problem persists, call HP Customer Services.
SETUPFILE, running setup file created date
Explanation: The creation date of the setup file being used by the DCPS
startup procedure is displayed.
User Action: None. This message is informational.
SETUPMODE, startup running in setup mode
Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure is running in setup mode.
User Action: None. This message is informational.

A–28 System Messages and Error Recovery

SETUPNOTFOUND, Setup module module-name not found
Explanation: The setup module you requested cannot be found in the
device control library.
User Action: Make sure the setup module is stored in the device control
library search list. Check the spelling of the module name and resubmit
the print request.
SETUPREADERR, Setup module module-name read error
Explanation: The setup module you requested cannot be read.
User Action: Check to make sure the setup module is properly stored in
the device control library, and that the library is defined in the search list.
SIZNOTAVL, No paper-size size medium is loaded in printer-name
Explanation: The paper size you requested is not loaded in the printer
associated with the print request.
User Action: Choose one of the following actions:
•

Load the desired paper in the specified input tray.

•

Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the paper size that is already
loaded in the requested input tray.

•

Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the input tray that contains
the paper size you require.

•

Reenter the PRINT command, specifying either the input tray or the
paper size, but not both.

SIZNOTRAY, paper-size size medium is not in the tray-name tray in printername
Explanation: The paper size you requested is not loaded in the input tray
that you requested
User Action: Do one of the following:
•

Load the desired paper in the specified input tray.

•

Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the paper size that is already
loaded in the requested input tray.

•

Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the input tray that contains
the paper size you require.

•

Reenter the PRINT command, specifying either the input tray or the
paper size, but not both.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–29

SIZNOTSUP, paper-size size medium is not supported by printer-name
Explanation: You requested a paper size that the printer does not
support.
User Action: Resubmit your job and request a supported paper size.
SPOOLBADDEVICE, error in DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY device name
Explanation: The logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY points to a
directory on a device that is invalid.
User Action: Correct the definition of the DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY
logical name.
SPOOLBADDIR, DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY directory not found
Explanation: The logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY points to a
non-existant directory.
User Action: Redefine the DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY logical name so
that it refers to a directory that exists.
SPOOLERROR, error creating spool file in DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY
Explanation: A temporary spool file could not be created in the directory
referred to by the DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY logical name.
User Action: Determine the cause of the problem with the directory.
SPOOLFILENOOPEN, error opening spool file
Explanation: The temporary spool file created earlier in the DCPS print
job could not be opened for sending to the printer.
User Action: Determine why the file is not accessible or has been deleted
after it was created but before it was sent to the printer.
SPOOLNOLOGICAL, logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY is undefined
Explanation: The logical name that specifies the location of the spool
directory, DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY, is not defined.
User Action: Define the logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY to
point to a directory that can be used by DCPS to store temporary spool
files.

A–30 System Messages and Error Recovery

SPOOLNOPRIV, no privilege to write to DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY
Explanation: DCPS could not create a temporary spool file in the
DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY directory because of a privilege violation.
User Action: Make sure the directory referred to by the logical name
DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY is protected so that the DCPS print symbiont
can create files in the directory.
SPOOLNOWRITE, DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY device is write-locked
Explanation: The device on which the DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY
directory is located is write-locked.
User Action: Enable the device for writing or redefine the DCPS$SPOOL_
DIRECTORY logical name.
STARTING, DECprint Supervisor version starting...
Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure displays the current version
and the fact that it is starting execution.
User Action: None. This message is informational.
STKOFLO, stackoverflow: Operand stack overflow — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a stack overflow condition
while trying to execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
STKUFLO, stackunderflow: Operand stack underflow — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter detected an error in the file.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–31

If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
STPNOSUP, Stapling feature not supported for product_name printer.
Explanation: The printer does not support stapling.
User Action: Print to a printer that has a stapler installed.
STPOUTTRAY, Selected output tray does not support stapling.
Explanation: The output tray you specified cannot be used for stapling.
User Action: Specify an output tray that supports stapling with the
OUTPUT_TRAY parameter.
STPPOSNOSUP, Stapling position not supported for orientation and feed
direction.
Explanation: The printer cannot put a staple where you have requested.
User Action: Load the paper in a different feed direction, if supported for
that paper size, or choose a different page orientation.
STPSIZENOSUP, Stapling not supported for sheet_size size paper and feed
direction.
Explanation: The printer cannot staple your job because the paper size
and/or paper feed direction is not supported for stapling.
User Action: Load the paper in a different feed direction, if supported for
that paper size.
SYNERR, syntaxerror: Input ended in string or procedure body — offending
command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a syntax error while
trying to execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, it indicates an error in the translation process.
If the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.

A–32 System Messages and Error Recovery

SYNTAX_INCOMPLETE, Syntax incomplete at line n in DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file
Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There will
be no attempt to match file extensions to data types.
User Action: The system manager should correct the problem in the file.
The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START
/QUEUE) for a new file to be read.
TCPPORTINVALID, invalid TCP port number
Explanation: The port number you specified is invalid. Some types of
network connections (for example, IP_RawTCP) require that you specify
the number of a TCP port on the printer that supports the associated
protocol.
User Action: Verify that you specified a valid port number. If no port
number is specified, a value of 9100 is used.
TCPPORTPRESENT, no TCP port number allowed
Explanation: You specified a TCP port number for your printer, but none
is allowed. Some types of network connections (for example, IP_CPAP) do
not require or allow you to specify the number of a TCP port on the printer.
User Action: Verify that you have specified the desired type of network
connection. If so, remove the port number from the queue’s device
specification.
TIMOUT, timeout: Time limit exceeded
Explanation: A PostScript program executed beyond the time limit set
by the system manager. This can be caused by an unusually complex page
definition or by an error in the PostScript application program that results
in an infinite loop.
User Action: If the error is a result of a complex page definition, ask the
system manager to change the value of the printer timeout limit.
If this error is the result of an infinite loop that occurs during the printing
of a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error exists in the
translation process. If the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem
to the HP Customer Support Center.
If the error is the result of an infinite loop that occurs during the printing
of a PostScript file, either the PostScript file or the application that
generated the PostScript file is in error. If the application is supplied by
HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center and submit a problem report.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–33

TNREND, Print Engine toner supply is exhausted
Explanation: The printer is out of toner.
User Action: Replace the toner cartridge and cleaning pad. Refer to the
instructions in the toner replacement kit or in the LN03R ScriptPrinter
Operator’s Guide.
TONEROFL, Toner collection container full
Explanation: The toner collection container is full.
User Action: Following the directions in the toner kit, remove the full
toner container bottle and replace it with a new bottle.
TRANSJAM, Print engine transport section is jammed
Explanation: Your printer has a paper jam in the transport section.
User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next, issue the following
DCL command to release and restart the print job:
$ SET ENTRY nnn /RELEASE /NOCHECKPOINT queue-name
In the command line, supply the following information:
nnn

The print job entry number in the queue

queue-name

The name of the print queue

The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use the PAGE_LIMIT
parameter if you want to print only the pages that were not printed before
the paper jam occurred.
TRANSPORTBAD, invalid transport - transport
Explanation: You have specified an invalid transport when starting a
DCPS queue.
User Action: Review the possible network transports in HP OpenVMS
System Management Utilities Reference Manual and specify a valid one.
TRANSPORTNOTSUP, transport not supported - transport
Explanation: You have specified a transport that is not supported on your
system architecture when starting a DCPS queue.
User Action: Review the possible network transports in the HP OpenVMS
System Management Utilities Reference Manual and specify a valid one for
your system. For example, AppleTalk queues cannot be started on an I64
system.

A–34 System Messages and Error Recovery

TRANSPORTREQ, transport required
Explanation: You have not specified a transport when starting a DCPS
queue.
User Action: Review the possible network transports in the HP OpenVMS
System Management Utilities Reference Manual and specify a valid one.
TRAYEMP, Print Engine paper input tray is empty
Explanation: The paper input tray is empty.
User Action: Add paper to the input paper tray.
TRAYJAM, Input paper tray is jammed
Explanation: Your printer’s input paper tray is jammed.
User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next, issue the following
DCL command to release and restart the print job:
$ SET ENTRY nnn /RELEASE /NOCHECKPOINT queue-name
In the command line, supply the following information:
nnn

The print job entry number in the queue

queue-name

The name of the print queue

The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use the PAGE_LIMIT
parameter to print only the pages that were not printed before the paper
jam occurred.
TRAYSUBST, Output will be delivered to the output-tray tray on printer-name
Explanation: Informational message.
User Action: None.
TRNFAIL, Translation from data-type to PostScript failed.
Explanation: The translator from data-type to PostScript has generated
an error. The translator software cannot be used.
User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support Center.
TRNNOTFND, Translator from data-type to PostScript not found
Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could not find the
translator from data-type to PostScript in the SYS$SHARE directory.
User Action: The data type you specified in the DATA_TYPE parameter
or that is defined as the queue default must be either supplied by HP or
a user-written translator (TRN$data-type_PS.EXE in the SYS$SHARE
directory). Correct the condition and resubmit the print request.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–35

TRYNOTRDY, tray-name tray on printer-name is current-tray-name
Explanation: The input tray is not loaded with paper.
User Action: Prepare the printer input tray and resubmit the print job.
TUMBNOSUP, printer-name does not support tumble printing
Explanation: The printer does not support tumble printing.
User Action: Resubmit your job without requesting tumble printing. Or
resubmit the print job with /QUEUE specifying a printer that supports
tumble printing.
TYPCHK, typecheck: Argument of wrong type — offending command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this syntax error while
trying to execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
UNDEF, undefined: Name not known — offending command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this syntax error while
trying to execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.

A–36 System Messages and Error Recovery

UNDEFRES, undefinedresult: Number overflow or underflow — offending
command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
UNDFILNAM, undefinedfilename: File not found — offending command is
string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
UNKDATATYPE, Unknown data type: string or translator not available
Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software does not recognize the
DATA_TYPE parameter specified in the PRINT command, or the indicated
translator could not be found or started.
User Action: Check the PRINT command, correct the DATA_TYPE
parameter, and resubmit your request. If the DATA_TYPE parameter is
valid, have your system manager check that the TRN$* translator files
listed in the DCPS Release Notes are in the correct location on your system
and have WORLD:RE protection. Also have your system manager check
process-related quotas and resources for the SYSTEM account, if your
system is using multistreamed DCPS print symbionts.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–37

UNKFILTAG, File tag is unknown. Tag value: number
Explanation: The file contains a DDIF stored_semantics tag that is not
recognized by the DECprint Supervisor software.
User Action: You cannot print this type of file using DECprint Supervisor
software.
UNKNOWN_DEFTRANS, data-type is not expected as a Default Translator,
but it will be used
Explanation: The data type given by the logical DCPS$queuename_
DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR as the default data type is not one that the
DECprint Supervisor provides a translator for. The DECprint Supervisor
software will attempt to find and use a translator for this data type.
User Action: This message is informational only; the print job is printed.
The system manager should ensure that the data type is actually one
that is desired. If so, ensure that a translator exists in the SYS$SHARE
directory for such a data type. If not, correct the specification of the logical.
The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START
/QUEUE) for a new definition to take effect.
UNKNOWN_PROLOG, Unknown prolog—version version-number, name
prolog-name
Explanation: Dialog between the print symbiont and printer produced
unexpected results.
User Action: If you continue to receive this message, call HP Customer
Services.
UNMATCH, unmatchedmark: Expected mark not on stack — offending
command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.

A–38 System Messages and Error Recovery

UNRECOGNIZED, Product name product-name not recognized; assuming
Unrecognized
Explanation: The printer model mentioned is not an HP printer and
not one supported by DCPS. A set of commands known to work on other
models will be used. Not all DCPS features will be supported.
User Action: None. This message states the mode in which the printer
will be run.
UNREGIST, unregistered: PostScript has encountered a system error —
offending command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.
If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
PostScript file or the application that generated the PostScript file is
in error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
Support Center and submit a problem report.
UNSUP_DEF_AUTOTYPE, data-type is not supported as an AUTOMATIC
data type, assuming AUTOMATIC=ANSI
Explanation: The default text data type defined by the DCPS$[queuename_]DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR logical name is not a legal value. The
legal values are ANSI, PROPRINTER, and PCL.
User Action: The system manager must redefine the logical name.
UNSUP_DEFTRANS, data-type is not supported as a Default Translator, ANSI
will be used.
Explanation: The data type assumed by the DECprint Supervisor
software as the default text data type is not valid. The DECprint
Supervisor software will use ANSI as the default data type.
User Action: The system manager should correct the specification of the
logical name DCPS$[queue-name]_DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR. The queue
must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START /QUEUE)
for a new definition to take effect.

System Messages and Error Recovery A–39

UNSUPTAG, File tagged as data_syntax will not be printed
Explanation: The file contains a DDIF stored_semantics tag that is not
supported.
User Action: You cannot print this type of file using the DECprint
Supervisor software.
UNSUP_USER_AUTOTYPE, data-type is not supported as an AUTOMATIC
data type, assuming AUTOMATIC=ANSI
Explanation: The user’s PRINT command, or the default queue
parameter in the DCPS$STARTUP.COM command file, specifies the
DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC=default-text-data-type parameter using
an illegal value for default-text-data-type. Legal values are ANSI,
PROPRINTER, and PCL.
User Action: If the error was in a PRINT command, resubmit the
print job with one of the legal values for the DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC
parameter.
If the error is in the queue definition, perform the following operations:
•

To get the job printed quickly, resubmit the print job with the DATA_
TYPE=AUTOMATIC parameter. This will override the queue default.

•

To correct the default queue parameter:
1. Edit the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file to modify the queue definition,
including a valid default text data type.
2. Stop the queue.
3. Execute the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file.

USERDATA, string
Explanation: The PostScript program requested that the data represented
by string be sent to the user, with the operators print, pstack, =, and = =.
User Action: None.
VMERROR, vmerror: PostScript virtual memory exhausted — offending
command is string
Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error while trying to
execute the PostScript command represented by string.
User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a file with a data
type other than PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
Support Center.

A–40 System Messages and Error Recovery

If your print job fails to print because of a virtual memory limitation, you
can take one of the following actions:
•

Recreate the PostScript file using options in your application to make
better use of the printer’s virtual memory.

•

Use a printer with more available memory to print the file.

ZEROAREA, Layup definition margins result in no usable sheet area
Explanation: You included a layup definition file in your print job that
sets margins that leave no area for printing.
User Action: See Chapter 11 for information on the MARGINS option in
a layup definition file.

A.3 Layup Definition (BADLAYDEF) Messages
This section describes the layup definition error messages you receive with the
message identification BADLAYDEF. Messages are displayed in the following
format:
%DCPS_W_BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layup definition
The condition describes the problem and line-number is the line number in the
layup definition file on which the error occurred.
The following error messages are generated by errors in a layup definition file
and reported as the condition.
Note
Line numbers reported in the BADLAYDEF message may not always be
correct for some Record Management Service (RMS) file organizations.

Bad form for margin values
Explanation: The value given for the MARGINS option cannot be
understood by that option.
Bad form for page grid values
Explanation: The values given for the GRID option cannot be understood
by that option.
Cannot give values with negated option option
Explanation: A line contains both a negated option and a value, for
example, NOALTERNATE=LEFT.
System Messages and Error Recovery A–41

Cannot negate option option
Explanation: An option that should not be negative is given as a negative
value.
Cannot supply a value for option
Explanation: A value is given for an option that cannot take a value.
Could not find a number as a value
Explanation: The value given for an option cannot be understood by that
option.
Extra characters present after values
Explanation: Legitimate values for an option are followed by extra
characters.
Must express a value for option option
Explanation: No value is given for an option that requires a value.
No option present
Explanation: A line is not blank, but it also does not contain an option.
No values specified for option option
Explanation: A line contains an equal sign but no value.
Number must be greater than 1
Explanation: The numeric values for an option are out of range, for
example, PAGESPERSHEET=0.
Page count must be less than 100
Explanation: The GRID option must have positive values. The product of
the two values must be 100 or less.
Unrecognized keyword keyword
Explanation: The value given for a keyword cannot be understood.
Unrecognized option option
Explanation: A line does not contain a recognized option.

A–42 System Messages and Error Recovery

B
PRINT Command Qualifiers
With the DECprint Supervisor, you can print files on PostScript printers
using the OpenVMS PRINT command. The PRINT command qualifiers are
documented in this appendix and in the HP OpenVMS DCL Dictionary.
Table B–1 lists the PRINT command qualifiers and describes the functions of
the qualifiers.
Several qualifiers apply only to print jobs for ANSI files; if you supply this type
of qualifier on a PRINT command line for printing non-ANSI files, the qualifier
is ignored and the file is printed.
Table B–1 PRINT Command Qualifiers
Qualifier

Description

/[NO]AFTER

Indicates the print job will be held in the queue until the
specified time.

/[NO]BACKUP

Selects files for printing based on their last backup date
and time.

/[NO]BEFORE

Specifies a date and time for the file selection qualifiers
(/BACKUP, /CREATED, /EXPIRED, or /MODIFIED) and
selects files with dates before the specified date and time.

/[NO]BURST

Controls file burst pages.

/[NO]BY_OWNER

Selects files to print based on the user identification code
(UIC).

/CHARACTERISTICS

Specifies printer characteristics for the print job.

/[NO]CONFIRM

Prompts you for each file in the print job.

/COPIES

Specifies the number of copies of the file to print.

/[NO]CREATED

Selects files for printing based on the file creation date
and time.

PRINT Command Qualifiers B–1

Table B–1 (Cont.) PRINT Command Qualifiers
Qualifier

Description

/[NO]DELETE

Deletes the print files automatically after the print job has
been processed.

/[NO]EXCLUDE

Excludes a file or files from a print job.

/[NO]EXPIRED

Selects files for printing based on the file expiration date
and time.

/[NO]FEED

Controls whether form feed characters are inserted at the
end of pages.

/[NO]FLAG

Controls file flag pages.

/FORM

Specifies a form type whose characteristics will be applied
to the print job.

/[NO]HEADER

Prints a header line at the top of each printed page.

/[NO]HOLD

Holds the print job until specifically released with SET
ENTRY/RELEASE.

/[NO]IDENTIFY

Displays the print queue and print job number on your
terminal when the print job is submitted.

/JOB_COUNT

Specifies the number of times to print the job.

/[NO]LOWERCASE

Specifies printing on a printer with lowercase printing
capability.

/[NO]MODIFIED

Selects files for printing based on the date and time the
file was last modified.

/NAME

Specifies a print job name.

/NOTE

Specifies a message to print on job separation pages.

/[NO]NOTIFY

Sends messages to your terminal when the print job starts
and ends and when printer errors occur.

/OPERATOR

Sends the specified message to the operator when the
print job is started.

/PAGES

Specifies a range of pages in the print job to print.

/PARAMETERS

Specifies one or more PRINT parameters for controlling
the print job.

/[NO]PASSALL

Specifies whether to bypass DECprint Supervisor
formatting of output.

/PRIORITY

Specifies a priority for the print job.

/QUEUE

Specifies the print queue for the print job.

B–2 PRINT Command Qualifiers

Table B–1 (Cont.) PRINT Command Qualifiers
Qualifier

Description

/REMOTE

Creates a print job on a remote node in the network.

/[NO]RESTART

Enables the print job to be restarted after it has been
interrupted.

/RETAIN

Specifies the circumstances under which you want your
jobs to be retained in a queue.

/SETUP

Specifies a setup module to control printing of the print
job.

/SINCE

Specifies a date and time for the file selection qualifiers
(/BACKUP, /CREATED, /EXPIRED, or /MODIFIED) and
selects files with dates after the specified date and time.

/[NO]SPACE

Controls double-spaced output.

/[NO]TRAILER

Controls file trailer pages.

/USER

Specifies the user name for the print job.

Each qualifier is described in more detail with examples on the following
pages.
/AFTER=time
/NOAFTER (default)
Specifies a time at which the print job should be released from the queue and
printed. Without this qualifier, a print job is printed immediately or as soon as
a printer becomes available.
For example, the following print job will be started after 6:00 p.m.:
$ PRINT /AFTER=18:00 FARM.DAT
/BACKUP
/NOBACKUP (default)
Selects files to print based on the time that the files were last backed up.
Use this qualifier with the /BEFORE or /SINCE qualifier to specify the
backup time. Other file selection qualifiers are /CREATED, /EXPIRED, and
/MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCE is used without any file selection qualifier,
the file creation time is used.
For example, the following print job includes only the files named GROTON
that were backed up before June 20, 2005:
$ PRINT /BACKUP /BEFORE=20-JUN-2005 GROTON.*

PRINT Command Qualifiers B–3

/BEFORE=time
/NOBEFORE (default)
Prints files dated before the specified time of file creation, backup, expiration,
or modification. You can enter a keyword (TODAY, TOMORROW, or
YESTERDAY) instead of a time. Use this qualifier with one of the following
qualifiers to change the file selection mode:
/BACKUP

Selects files based on the time they were last backed up.

/CREATED

Selects files based on the file creation time. (This is the
default if no file selection qualifier is included.)

/EXPIRED

Selects files based on the file expiration time.

/MODIFIED

Selects files based on the time the file was last modified.

If you omit the /BEFORE qualifier, the specified files are printed, regardless of
file creation, backup, modification, or expiration times.
For example, to print only the files named GROTON that were created before
June 23, 2005, use the following command:
$ PRINT /CREATED /BEFORE=23-JUN-2005 GROTON.*
/BURST[=keyword]
/NOBURST (default)
Specifies file burst pages printed before each copy of each file. The keyword
ALL prints a burst page before each file; the keyword ONE prints a burst page
before the first file in the job. This qualifier does not affect job burst pages.
Refer to the DCPS System Manager’s Guide for more information about job
separation pages.
For example, to include a burst page before GROTON.DAT but not before
FARM.DAT, use the following command:
$ PRINT GROTON.DAT /BURST FARM.DAT
/BY_OWNER=uic
/NOBY_OWNER (default)
Prints only files with the specified UIC (user identification code). The default
action is to print files regardless of the UIC.
For example, to print the files named FARM.DAT that have the UIC
[MACDONALD], use the following command:
$ PRINT /BY_OWNER=[MACDONALD] FARM.DAT

B–4 PRINT Command Qualifiers

/CHARACTERISTICS=characteristic
Prints files on a printer that has been defined with the specified characteristics.
Use the SHOW QUEUE/FULL command to list the characteristics for the print
queue.
For example, to print FARM.DAT on a printer with a characteristic defined as
REDINK, use the following command:
$ PRINT /CHARACTERISTICS=REDINK FARM.DAT
/CONFIRM
/NOCONFIRM (default)
Sends a confirmation prompt for each file, to which you can reply Yes or No to
allow or disallow printing of that file. If you do not include this qualifier, you
receive no prompts to confirm printing of each file in the request.
For example, to print files named GROTON with confirmation of each file, use
the following command:
$ PRINT/CONFIRM GROTON.*
PRINT DISK:[MACDONALD]GROTON.TXT.3 ? [NO] Y
/COPIES=n
Allows you to request multiple copies of a file. If you include this qualifier
before the file specification, each file is printed n times. To obtain copies of a
single file in a print job with multiple files, include this qualifier after the file
specification. The default action if you do not include this qualifier is to print
one copy of each file.
For example, to print two copies each of FARM.DAT and GROTON.DAT, use
the following command:
$ PRINT /COPIES=2 FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT
When you use the /COPIES qualifier in a print job for DECprint Supervisor,
the software must translate your file and transmit the file in PostScript form
for each copy of the file that you request, if translation is required. This
process increases the load on the computer system and can slow down your
print job.
If you encounter problems when printing multiple copies of the files, use the
/JOB_COUNT qualifier or separate PRINT commands to create a print job for
each copy of the file.

PRINT Command Qualifiers B–5

/CREATED
/NOCREATED (default)
Selects files to print based on the file creation time. Use this qualifier with
the /BEFORE or /SINCE qualifier to specify the time. Other file selection
qualifiers are /BACKUP, /EXPIRED, and /MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCE
is used without any file selection qualifier, the file creation time is used.
For example, to print only the files named FARM that were created after
June 4, 2005, use the following command:
$ PRINT /CREATED /AFTER=4-JUN-2005 FARM.*
/DELETE
/NODELETE (default)
Determines whether the system deletes the print file after printing. If you
omit this qualifier, the default action is /NODELETE.
For example, to delete the file FARM.DAT after printing, use the the following
command:
$ PRINT /DELETE FARM.DAT
CAUTION
When you specify the /DELETE qualifier with the DECprint Supervisor
software, the job controller always deletes the requested files,
regardless of whether the print job was completed successfully.
For example, the following print job is not printed because the user
entered an invalid SHEET_SIZE parameter (GREEN). Although the
file is not printed, the job controller deletes the file.
$ PRINT /DELETE /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=GREEN) GROTON.TXT
Use the /DELETE qualifier with discretion.

/EXCLUDE=file-spec
/NOEXCLUDE (default)
Specifies files to be excluded from the print job (not printed with others that
match the file specification). This qualifier is useful when wildcards are used
in the file specification. The default action when you omit this qualifier is to
print all files that match the file specification.

B–6 PRINT Command Qualifiers

For example, to print all the files named FARM, except FARM.DAT, use the
following command:
$ PRINT /EXCLUDE=FARM.DAT FARM.*
/EXPIRED
/NOEXPIRED (default)
Selects files to print based on the file expiration time. Use this qualifier with
the /BEFORE or /SINCE qualifier to specify the time. Other file selection
qualifiers are /BACKUP, /CREATED, and /MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCE
is used without any file selection qualifier, the file creation time is used.
For example, to print files named GROTON that are dated to expire before
January 10, 2000, use the following command:
$ PRINT /EXPIRED /BEFORE=10-JAN-2000 GROTON.*
/FEED
/NOFEED (default)
Controls whether form feed characters are inserted into the data stream when
the bottom margin is reached. Use /NOFEED to specify no insertion of form
feed characters into the print job. If you omit this qualifier, the default action
is /FEED.
For example, to print FARM.DAT with form feed characters inserted at the
bottom of each page, use the following command:
$ PRINT /FEED FARM.DAT
/FLAG[=keyword]
/NOFLAG (default)
Controls printing of a file flag page preceding the file. The keyword ALL prints
a file flag page before each copy of each file in the print job; the keyword ONE
prints a file flag page before the first file in the print job. When you omit this
qualifier, the default action is the action determined by the system manager
for the queue. (This qualifier does not affect job flag pages. Refer to the DCPS
System Manager’s Guide for more information about job separation pages.)
For example, to print a flag page before each file in the print job, use the
following command:
$ PRINT /FLAG=ALL FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT
/FORM=form-name
Specifies that your print job requires a form with a specific set of form
characteristics, as described in Chapter 12. You can specify only form names
that have been defined by the system manager.

PRINT Command Qualifiers B–7

If the stock type required for the form is not mounted, the print job is placed
in a pending state and is released when the printer has the required stock type
loaded.
For example, to print GROTON.RPT with form type SHORT$REPORT, use the
following command:
$ PRINT /FORM=SHORT$REPORT GROTON.RPT
/HEADER
/NOHEADER (default)
Prints a header line, with file name, page number, and file creation date, at
every page break.
The header information is not inserted automatically; you must specify
/HEADER to obtain header lines in the output. You can disable header line
insertion using the /NOHEADER qualifier.
For example, to print FARM.DAT with header lines, use the following
command:
$ PRINT /HEADER FARM.DAT
/HOLD
/NOHOLD (default)
Specifies whether the print job should begin immediately or be held until a
SET ENTRY/RELEASE command releases the job for printing. If you omit this
qualifier, the print job is not held automatically.
To hold a print job until the SET ENTRY/RELEASE command releases the job,
use the following command:
$ PRINT /HOLD FARM.DAT
/IDENTIFY (default)
/NOIDENTIFY/
Specifies whether to display the print queue and print job’s entry number when
the print job is queued. /IDENTIFY is the default action.
For example, to suppress the display of the print queue and print job entry
number when printing FARM.DAT, use the following command:
$ PRINT /NOIDENTIFY FARM.DAT
/JOB_COUNT=n
Prints the job n times. The value of n is 1–255. If you omit this qualifier, one
copy of the print job is printed. You can use the /COPIES qualifier to specify
multiple copies of a specific file in the multiple-file print job.

B–8 PRINT Command Qualifiers

For example, to print FARM.DAT followed by GROTON.DAT three times, use
the following command:
$ PRINT /JOB_COUNT=3 FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT
When you use /JOB_COUNT in a print job for the DECprint Supervisor, the
software must translate your file and transmit the file in PostScript form for
each copy of the file that you request, if translation is required. This process
increases the load on the computer system and can slow down your print job.
/LOWERCASE
/NOLOWERCASE (default)
Specifies that the print job requires lowercase printing. This qualifier does
not apply to PostScript printers. If you include it in your print request, this
qualifier is ignored and the print job is printed.
/MODIFIED
/NOMODIFIED (default)
Selects files for printing based on the time the file was last modified. Use this
qualifier with the /BEFORE or /SINCE qualifier to specify the time. Other file
selection qualifiers are /BACKUP, /CREATED, and /EXPIRED. If /BEFORE
or /SINCE is used without any file selection qualifier, the file creation time is
used.
For example, to print all the files named GROTON that were modified after
June 19, 2005, use the following command:
$ PRINT /MODIFIED /AFTER=19-JUN-2005 GROTON.*
/NAME=job-name
Specifies the print job’s name, which is printed on the job separation pages.
The job name can contain up to 39 alphanumeric characters. The default job
name is the name of the first file in the print job.
For example, to print FARM.DAT with a job name AG_DATA, use the following
command:
$ PRINT /NAME=AG_DATA FARM.DAT
/NOTE=string
Specifies a message string of up to 255 characters to be printed on the job
separation pages.
For example, to include a distribution location on the separation pages, use the
following command:
$ PRINT /NOTE="Send to second floor, Bin 7" FARM.DAT

PRINT Command Qualifiers B–9

/NOTIFY
/NONOTIFY (default)
Causes you to be notified when the job starts and finishes, and notifies you
of errors that occur during the printing process and of messages returned by
PostScript operators (such as print, pstack, =, and = =).
If you omit the /NOTIFY qualifier, the default action is not to display these
print job messages.
For example, to ensure you are notified of print job status, use the following
command:
$ PRINT /NOTIFY FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT
If you use Distributed Queuing Service (DQS) software to queue print jobs to
a remote printer, /NOTIFY returns job start and finish messages that may
or may not represent the actual time of starting and ending printing. DQS
suppresses the display of printer error messages and other messages from the
printer on the user’s terminal.
/OPERATOR=string
Specifies a message string to be sent to the operator when the print job starts.
The message can contain up to 255 characters. Include quotation marks
around the message string.
For example, to send the distribution location to the operator’s terminal, use
the following command:
$ PRINT /OPERATOR="FARM.DAT TO JONES" FARM.DAT
/PAGES=[lowlim,]uplim
Ignored by the DECprint Supervisor software. Use the PAGE_LIMIT
parameter described in Section 1.7. If you include the /PAGES qualifier in a
PRINT command to a PostScript printer, the qualifier is ignored and the print
job is printed.
/PARAMETERS=parameter
Specifies values for the DECprint Supervisor printing features. The
parameters are listed in Appendix C.
For example, to include the SIDES parameter to print on two sides of a sheet,
use the following command:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 GROTON.DAT

B–10 PRINT Command Qualifiers

/PASSALL
/NOPASSALL (default)
Maintains the original characteristics of the print job through printer
processing, preventing /HEADER, margin processing, and tab emulation
(described in Chapter 5). The /PASSALL qualifier does not prevent operations
specified by the system manager with DEFINE/FORM/SETUP. If your print
job uses a form definition, the form characteristics for that form type prevail.
(Refer to Chapter 12 for more information.)
For example, to print the FARM.DAT file without the special processing
described above, use the following command:
$ PRINT /PASSALL FARM.DAT
/PRIORITY=n
Specifies a priority number to be assigned to the print job. You can use this
qualifier to ensure that print jobs are printed in a specific order. The value of
n is 0–255. To set this priority higher than the system value of MAXQUEPRI,
you must have operator (OPER) privileges.
For example, to print FARM.DAT with a lower priority than GROTON.DAT,
and ensure that GROTON is printed first, enter two PRINT commands, as
shown:
$ PRINT /PRIORITY=1 FARM.DAT
$ PRINT /PRIORITY=2 GROTON.DAT
/QUEUE=queue-name
Specifies a print queue for printing the job. You supply the name of the
execution queue or generic queue for queue-name. If you omit this qualifier,
the print job is placed in the SYS$PRINT default queue, defined by the system
manager.
To list the print queues at your site, use the SHOW QUEUE command, as
described in Section 2.2.
For example, to print FARM.DAT on the printer for queue PS$DUPLEX, use
the following command:
$ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$DUPLEX FARM.DAT
/REMOTE
Initiates a remote print request on another system.

PRINT Command Qualifiers B–11

When you include this qualifier, the file to be printed must exist on the remote
node. You must include the host node name in the file specification portion of
your print request. The file is queued on the default print queue (SYS$PRINT)
of the other system and takes the printer characteristics defined for that
system. The /QUEUE and /PARAMETERS qualifiers are ignored when you use
the /REMOTE qualifier.
For example, to print GROTON.DAT on a printer on node AGRO::, use the
following command:
$ PRINT /REMOTE AGRO::[MACDONALD]GROTON.DAT
/RESTART
/NORESTART (default)
Requests that the print job be automatically restarted if the printer jams or
stops.
A print job with multiple files or copies that depends on passing the PostScript
parameters from one file to the next may not be restarted successfully. (See
Section 1.5.)
Do not use /RESTART with printer jobs when you:
•

Request multiple PostScript files that do not reset the PostScript state.

•

Print multiple copies of PostScript files that do not reset the PostScript
state.

•

Specify one of the following parameters:
/PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION
/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP
Refer to Chapter 11 and Section 1.6, respectively, for information about
these parameters on restarted print jobs.

For example, to ensure that the print job for FARM.DAT in print queue
ANSI$PSPRINT will be restarted, use the following command:
$ PRINT /RESTART /QUEUE=ANSI$PSPRINT FARM.DAT
/RETAIN=option
Specifies the circumstances under which you want your jobs to be retained in a
queue. When a job is retained in the queue, you can issue the SHOW QUEUE
command after the job completes to see the status of the job. Without job
retention, no record of a job is left in a queue after a job completes.

B–12 PRINT Command Qualifiers

Use the following options to specify job retention:
ALWAYS

Holds the job in the queue regardless of the job’s completion
status.

DEFAULT

Holds the job in the queue as specified by the queue’s
retention policy.

ERROR

Holds the job in the queue only if the job completes
unsuccessfully.

UNTIL=time-value

Holds the job in the queue for the specified length of time,
regardless of the job’s completion status.

/SETUP=module
Includes the specified setup module (from the queue’s device control libraries)
with the print job. The system manager can add and modify setup modules in
device control libraries.
You supply one or more setup module names from the queue’s device control
libraries. To include more than one module name, separate the module names
with commas and enclose the set in parentheses.
For example, to include the PostScript modules 4UP_GRID and 4UP_WIDE
with the print job for FARM.RPT, use the following command:
$ PRINT /SETUP=(4UP_GRID,4UP_WIDE) FARM.RPT
/SINCE=time
/NOSINCE (default)
Prints files dated after the specified time, selecting files dated after the
specified date and time. You can include a keyword instead of the time,
including TODAY, TOMORROW, and YESTERDAY.
Use this qualifier with one of the following qualifiers to change the file
selection mode:
/BACKUP

Selects files based on the time they were last backed up.

/CREATED

Selects files based on the file creation time. (This is the
default if no file selection qualifier is included.)

/EXPIRED

Selects files based on the file expiration time.

/MODIFIED

Selects files based on the time the file was last modified.

For example, to print only the files named GROTON that were modified after
June 1, 2005, use the following command:
$ PRINT /MODIFIED /SINCE=01-JUN-2005 GROTON.*
If you omit the /SINCE qualifier, the specified files are printed regardless of
file creation, backup, modification, or expiration times.

PRINT Command Qualifiers B–13

/SPACE
/NOSPACE (default)
Requests printouts with single-spacing or double-spacing (one blank line
between each text line). Use /SPACE for double-spaced output. Use
/NOSPACE for single-spaced output.
For example, to print FARM.DAT with double-spaced lines, use the following
command:
$ PRINT/SPACE FARM.DAT
/TRAILER=keyword
/NOTRAILER (default)
Specifies whether to print file trailer pages at the end of each file. Include
this qualifier between the PRINT command and the file specification. You can
supply the keyword ALL to specify trailer pages after each file, or ONE to
specify a trailer page only after the last file in the print job. If you omit this
qualifier, the default action of the print queue is used.
This qualifier does not affect the output of the job trailer page. Refer to the
DCPS System Manager’s Guide for more information about the job separation
pages.
For example, to include a trailer page for all the files in the print job GROTON,
use the following command:
$ PRINT/TRAILER=ALL GROTON.*
/USER=user-name
Allows you to print a job for another user. You must have the CMKRNL
privilege and R (read) access to the file to print a job for another user. When
you omit this qualifier, the default action is to print files with your user name.
For example, to print the file named FARM.DAT for user JONES, enter the
following command:
$ PRINT /USER=JONES FARM.DAT

B–14 PRINT Command Qualifiers

C
PRINT Command Parameters
The PRINT command accepts the /PARAMETERS qualifier to specify functions
unique to the DECprint Supervisor software. Refer to Appendix B for more
information about the PRINT command.
This appendix lists the PRINT command parameters that are used for
specifying functions of the DECprint Supervisor software. See Table C–1 for a
list of the parameters.

C.1 PRINT Parameters
Parameters consist of keywords and associated values. Use the PRINT
/PARAMETERS command to include these parameters in your print job. The
/PARAMETERS qualifier is a command qualifier, so all the files in the print job
are subject to the parameters used in the /PARAMETERS qualifier.
Default PRINT parameters can also be associated with a queue by the system
manager. See the DCPS System Manager’s Guide for information about
associating parameters with specific print queues.
The PRINT command parameters for the DECprint Supervisor are listed in
Table C–1 and are described in more detail in the sections listed in the table.

PRINT Command Parameters C–1

Table C–1 PRINT Parameters
Parameter

Description

Reference

DATA_TYPE

Specifies the data type of the files in the print
job.

Chapter 1

FONTS_USED

Specifies one or more device control library
modules that contain SoftFonts kits.

Section 5.4

INPUT_TRAY

Specifies which input tray to use.

Section 3.1

LAYUP_DEFINITION

Specifies layup options or a layup definition file
to be applied to the print job.

Chapter 11

MEDIA_TYPE

Specifies the media type on which the job will be
printed.

Section 3.1

MESSAGES

Specifies creation of a log file or log page for print
messages.

Appendix A

NUMBER_UP

Specifies the number of pages to be printed on
each side of a sheet.

Section 1.6

OUTPUT_TRAY

Specifies the output tray to which the job will be
sent.

Section 3.2

PAGE_LIMIT

Specifies the first and last pages to be printed.

Section 1.7

PAGE_ORIENTATION

Specifies the orientation to print data on
the paper: portrait (vertically) or landscape
(horizontally).

Section 1.4

PAGE_SIZE

Specifies the size of the logical page.

Section 10.7

[NO]PUNCH

Specifies whether to punch job output.

Section 15.1

SHEET_COUNT

Specifies how many copies of each sheet to print.

Section 1.5

SHEET_SIZE

Specifies the sheet size for the printer stock.

Section 10.4

SIDES

Specifies whether to print the job on one or two
sides of a sheet.

Section 1.3

STAPLE

Specifies whether to staple the job and where the
staple should be positioned.

Section 15.2

[NO]TAB

Selects whether DECprint Supervisor software or
the ANSI translator performs tab expansion.

Section 5.3

Using parameters other than those listed in Table C–1 results in a command
syntax failure, as described in Appendix A.

C–2 PRINT Command Parameters

C.2 Syntax for PRINT Parameters
When you specify the PRINT command with the /PARAMETERS qualifier, be
sure to follow these syntactic conventions:
•

A maximum of eight parameters is allowed. (A series of parameters
enclosed in quotation marks is considered to be a single parameter.) If
you are using Distributed Queuing Service (DQS) software, a maximum of
seven parameters is allowed.

•

If you specify two or more parameters, separate them by commas and
enclose the list in parentheses. The following examples show valid syntax
for specifying parameters:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=REGIS file-name
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,MESSAGES) file-name

•

If the value associated with a parameter contains any special characters,
such as commas or parentheses, enclose the value (or the entire parameter)
in quotation marks.
The following examples show valid syntax for specifying multiple values to
a print parameter:
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,PAGE_LIMIT="(1,4)",MESSAGES) _$ file-name
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,"PAGE_LIMIT=(1,4)",MESSAGES) _$ file-name
$ PRINT /PARAMETERS="DATA_TYPE=REGIS,PAGE_LIMIT=(1,4),MESSAGES" _$ file-name

The DECprint Supervisor software checks for syntax and value limits at the
time the file is printed, not when the PRINT command is first entered. If
a print job contains an error in the parameters, it is aborted and an error
message is displayed on your terminal if you included the /NOTIFY qualifier in
the PRINT command.

C.3 Order of Defaulting for Parameters
Print parameters can be specified in the PRINT command or as default queue
parameters in the printer startup file. If a parameter is not specified, the
standard printer default value is used. The value for a parameter specified
in a PRINT command takes precedence over the value of the default queue
parameter.

PRINT Command Parameters C–3

The default queue parameter for a generic queue supersedes the default queue
parameter defined for the execution queue. However, if there is a syntax error
in the generic queue definition, the default queue parameter for the execution
queue is used. Refer to the DCPS System Manager’s Guide for information
about setting up default queue parameters.

C–4 PRINT Command Parameters

D
SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font
Cartridges
Table D–1 lists the font cartridges for LN03 and DEClaser printers for printing
ANSI files. You can print these ANSI files on PostScript printers using the
DECprint Supervisor software and the appropriate SoftFont kits, as described
in Table D–1. See Section 5.2 for more information about printing ANSI files.
Use the following module names with the /PARAMETERS=FONTS_USED
qualifier. See Table D–2 for a list of SoftFont kits and the modules they
contain.
Table D–1 Font Cartridge Equivalents
Cartridge Order Number

Cartridge Name

SoftFont Module Name

LN03 Font Cartridges
LN03X–CB

CG Times

CGTIMES8-10-12_MCS

LN03X–CW

CG Times Presentation

CGTIMES14-18_MCS

LN03X–CX

CG Times Large

CGTIMES24_MCS

LN03X–CY

CG Triumvirate

CGTRIUM8-10-12_MCS

LN03X–CJ

CG Triumvirate Presentation

CGTRIUM14-18_MCS

LN03X–CZ

CG Triumvirate Large

CGTRIUM24_MCS

LN03X–CL

ITC Souvenir

ITCSOUV_MCS

LN03X–CP

English 116 Embassy

SCRIPT

LN03X–DH

Monospaced Swiss Presentation

SWISS_MCS1

LN03X–DJ

Monospaced Swiss Large

SWISS_MCS1

LN03X–CS

Letter Gothic

LETGOTH

LN03X–CM

OCR A/OCR B

OCR

1 Use the _ISO1 suffix instead of _MCS if your document uses the ISO Latin-1 character set.

SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges D–1

Table D–1 (Cont.) Font Cartridge Equivalents
Cartridge Order Number

Cartridge Name

SoftFont Module Name

LN03 Font Cartridges
LN03X–DE

Barcode 3 of 9

BARCODE

LN03X–CT

US Legal

MONO_MCS

DEClaser 2100/2200 Font Cartridges
LNXX–CA

CGTIMES8-10-12_MCS1

CG Times

CGTIMES14-18_MCS1
CGTIMES24_MCS1
LNXX–CB

CG Triumvirate

CGTRIUM8-10-12_MCS1
CGTRIUM14-18_MCS1
CGTRIUM24_MCS1

LNXX–CC

ITC Souvenir/Script

LNXX–CD

Monospaced

ITCSOUV_MCS1
SCRIPT
BARCODE
LETGOTH
MONO_MCS1
OCR
SWISS_MCS1

1 Use the _ISO1 suffix instead of _MCS if your document uses the ISO Latin-1 character set.

Table D–2 SoftFont Kits
SoftFont Order Number
LNSFT–AX

LNSFT–BX

Fonts

Modules

CG Times 8, 10, 12

CGTIMES8-10-12

CG Times 14, 18

CGTIMES14-18

CG Times 24

CGTIMES24

CG Triumvirate 8, 10, 12

CGTRIUM8-10-12

CG Triumvirate 14, 18

CGTRIUM14-18

CG Triumvirate 24

CGTRIUM24

D–2 SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges

Table D–2 (Cont.) SoftFont Kits
SoftFont Order Number

Fonts

Modules

LNSFT–CX

English Embassy 14, 18

SCRIPT

ITC Souvenir 8, 10, 12

ITCSOUV

LNSFT–DX

Barcode 3 of 9, 18, 36

BARCODE

Letter Gothic 10, 14

LETGOTH

Mono Swiss 14, 18

SWISS

Mono Swiss, 24

SWISS

OCR-A, OCR-B 10

OCR

US Legal

MONO_MCS

Note
The SoftFont kits have been retired and are no longer sold. The
information in this chapter is included for reference only.

SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges D–3

E
Additional Character Encodings
This appendix discusses the following topics:
•

Available encoding vectors, Section E.1

•

Examples of encoding vectors, Section E.2

•

Using the additional encodings, Section E.3

•

Including the DECMCS encoding module in a print job, Section E.4

•

Defining ISO Latin-1 for third-party printers, Section E.5

E.1 Available Encoding Vectors
PostScript provides a character set encoded using the Adobe Standard
Encoding vector. When a PostScript program calls a font, the findfont
operator uses this vector to associate characters with character codes.
PostScript also provides the ISO Latin-1 encoding vector, named
ISOLatin1Encoding, which is the encoding scheme used by the ISO Latin
Alphabet Number 1 Standard (ISO 8859/1). Most PostScript text fonts provide
all the characters used in the ISO Latin-1 encoding. See the PostScript
Printers Programmer’s Supplement for a list of the characters included in the
ISO Latin Alphabet Number 1 Standard.
In addition to Adobe Standard and ISO Latin-1 encodings, the DECprint
Supervisor software offers the DECMCS (DEC Multinational Character Set)
encoding. See the PostScript Printers Programmer’s Supplement for a list of
the characters included in the DEC Multinational Character Set.
Characters in the ISO Latin-1 and DECMCS encodings do not have separate
font metrics files (.AFM files). (For more information on .AFM files, refer to
the PostScript Printers Programmer’s Supplement.) If you need to look up
character information in a font metrics file, look up the character by its name,
not by its encoding.

Additional Character Encodings E–1

E.2 Examples of Encoding Vectors
Example E–1 demonstrates how to define the DECMCS encoding vector. See
the PostScript Printers Programmer’s Supplement for more information about
how these encoding vectors are defined.
The encoding vector DECMCSEncoding is defined by changing the vector
ISOLatin1Encoding.
Example E–1 Defining the DECMCS Encoding Vector
%! DECMCSEncoding.PS
%
% Create DEC Multinational Character Set (MCS) encoding vector.
/DECMCSEncoding ISOLatin1Encoding 256 array copy def
mark
8#177 8#240 8#244 8#246 8#254 8#255 8#256 8#257
8#264 8#270 8#276 8#320 8#336 8#360 8#376 8#377
counttomark
{DECMCSEncoding exch /questionmirror put}
repeat
% stack now contains mark
8#250 /currency
8#327 /OE
8#335 /Ydieresis
8#367 /oe
8#375 /ydieresis
counttomark 2 idiv
{DECMCSEncoding 3 1 roll put}
repeat
% stack now contains mark
cleartomark

E.3 Using the Additional Encodings
To use a character encoding other than the Adobe Standard Encoding, follow
these steps:
1. Define a procedure, encodefont for instance, in the prologue of your
PostScript program that applies an encoding vector to a font to create a
new font. Before invoking findfont, your program calls encodefont to
encode the font with the desired encoding vector. The code for encodefont
is as follows:

E–2 Additional Character Encodings

/encodefont {
findfont dup
maxlength dict begin
{ 1 index /FID ne
{ def }
{ pop pop }
ifelse }
forall
/Encoding exch def
dup /FontName exch def
currentdict definefont
end
} bind def

% Get the old font dict.
% Make a new one just as big.
% Copy everything but FID.

% Install the new encoding.
% New font dict is still current.
% Create the new font.

2. Create your new font using the encodefont procedure. The procedure
takes three arguments:
•

Name of the new font

•

Encoding vector

•

Name of the old font

The encodefont procedure creates a new font with the new name and
encoding, and returns the new font. Choose any name for your new font.
You might choose a name that includes the name of the old font and the
encoding vector.
You can create and immediately use your new font or you can create the
new font and use it later in your program. For example, to create and use
a Times-Roman font encoded with ISO Latin-1, use the following code:
/Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 ISOLatin1Encoding
/Times-Roman encodefont
12 scalefont setfont
To create and use the font separately in your program, use this code:
/Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 ISOLatin1Encoding
/Times-Roman encodefont pop
.
.
.
/Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 findfont 12 scalefont setfont
To use the DECMCS encoding, you must also include the device control library
module (LPS$DECMCSENCODING) that defines this encoding vector. The
LPS$DECMCSENCODING module provides encoding vectors only. It does
not define characters that were undefined in versions of PostScript lower than
Version 40.
Example E–1 shows how the DECMCS encoding vector is defined.

Additional Character Encodings E–3

E.4 Including the DECMCS Encoding Module in a Print Job
To use the DECMCS encoding modules, specify the following:
$ PRINT/SETUP=(LPS$DECMCSENCODING) filename.PS

E.5 Defining ISO Latin-1 for Third-Party Printers
For PostScript printers that use a version of PostScript Level 1 lower than
Version 40, you may need to define an ISO Latin-1 encoding vector to print
PostScript files that use this encoding. For example, suppose you have a
PostScript program that requires the ISO Latin-1 encoding vector to print on a
typesetter that uses an early version of PostScript.
In this case, you can use the encodefont procedure, but you also have to
define the ISO Latin-1 encoding vector in the prologue of your PostScript
program. Extract the LPS$ISOLATIN1ENCODING module from the device
control library:
$ LIBRARY /EXTRACT=LPS$ISOLATIN1ENCODING _$ /OUTPUT=ISOLATIN1ENCODING.PS /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL
The LPS$ISOLATIN1ENCODING module provides encoding vectors only. The
module does not define characters that were undefined in versions of PostScript
lower than Version 40.

E–4 Additional Character Encodings

Glossary
Advanced Server for OpenVMS
The software product that runs on the OpenVMS Alpha server to provide
central management of network-wide resources and communications for
Windows systems.
ANSI
Refers to DIGITAL ANSI-Compliant Printing Protocol Level 3.
ANSI/sixel file
A file that contains data stored in ANSI or sixel format, such as an LN03 file.
AppleTalk network system
A communications environment that provides users with such options as
sharing files, sharing printers, and sending messages. The network devices
and software in the system use AppleTalk protocols for communicating. The
design of AppleTalk allows you to select the type of transmission media, while
retaining the AppleTalk services and interface.
AppleTalk printer
A printer attached to the AppleTalk network and accessible using the
AppleTalk protocols, particularly the Printer Access Protocol (PAP).
ASCII
A file that contains ANSI text data with no escape sequences.
aspect ratio
The ratio of page width to page length.
automatic data type detection
The process by which the DECprint Supervisor software investigates print files
to determine the data type of the file.

Glossary–1

bitmap
An image in digitized form that can be stored, transmitted, and reproduced.
burst page
A page printed between print jobs or copies of print files, if requested. Useful
for separating print jobs manually.
client system
A network node that runs DECprint Supervisor software to access a
PrintServer printer.
command qualifier
A qualifier that affects the processing of the entire command. See also
positional qualifier.
CPAP
Common Printer Access Protocol. A printer protocol that layers upon the
TCP/IP and DECnet network protocols and is used by DECprint Supervisor to
communicate with DIGITAL PrintServer printers.
data syntax
See data type.
data type
The data format of a file to be printed.
DDIF (DIGITAL Document Interchange Format) file
A file that contains data stored in the DIGITAL data syntax for conveying
image data.
DECimage
Image enhancement technology available in some printers, for example, the
DIGITAL PrinterServer printers and DEClaser 5100 printer. This feature
gives increased clarity, smoothness, and sharpness to graphics. Applicable
to PostScript images only, it is best applied to continuous grayscale images,
though it may also be applied to synthetic images created with a graphics
application.

Glossary–2

DECimage-Lite
A feature of the DECprint Supervisor software that provides a subset of the
DECimage image enhancement technology through the use of setup modules.
See also DECimage.)
DECnet
DIGITAL networking protocol.
DECprint Supervisor
The software product consisting of a print symbiont and data type translators
for printing on PostScript printers.
DECserver
A communications device that allows printers to be connected directly to the
Ethernet network, providing network access for serial-based printers. Network
protocols offered usually include LAT, and often raw TCP/IP.
device control library
A library that contains a series of text modules that can be sent to the device
associated with a queue, to affect the behavior of that device.
desktop printer
A printer, historically low to medium speed, that is accessible through a raw
TCP/IP, LAT, or AppleTalk network connection or through a direct serial
connection to your system.
device control module
See setup module.
device control library
A library containing a series of text modules that can be sent to the device
associated with a queue. The modules affect device behavior or file printing.
duplex printing
Printing on two sides of each sheet of paper.
execution queue
The print queue associated with a specific physical printing output device.

Glossary–3

facedown
A method of stacking printer output, where the paper is stacked front side
down.
faceup
A method of stacking printer output, where the paper is stacked front side up.
file extension
The portion of the file name following the period. In the file MYFILE.TXT, the
file extension is TXT.
file separation pages
Pages printed before and after each file is printed. File separation pages can
be enabled and disabled with the PRINT command. See also job separation
pages.
finisher
A part of a printer, often optional, that allows print jobs to be punched or
stapled automatically.
flag page
An optional page that precedes each file or job that is printed. The flag
page contains information about the printer and the print job, including any
message from the PRINT/NOTE qualifier.
file type
See file extension.
font
The artistic representation of a typeface that describes a set of characters
rendered in a particular point size, weight, and style.
font cartridge
A physical memory cartridge that contains a family of fonts, used to add font
choices on an LN03 printer or DEClaser printer. The DECprint Supervisor
software emulates this feature using the soft font kits. See also soft font.
font file
A data file that contains information used to reproduce a specific font.

Glossary–4

generic queue
The logical printer queue that accepts the print job from the user and directs it
to the appropriate execution queue.
gray-scale
A method of printing photographs on PostScript printers.
host
The computer system that provides services and management of printers.
image file
A file containing a picture or graphic image to be printed.
job
The print job.
job log page
An optional log page that contains messages from the system during printing.
job separation pages
Job burst pages, job flag pages, and job trailer pages, optionally available
on print queues to record information about the print job. Job separation
pages are included as part of the queue. These pages are useful for manually
separating printer output.
landscape orientation
Paper orientation in which text is read parallel to the long side of the paper.
layup
A feature of the DECprint Supervisor software that allows you to control the
mapping of pages to sheets. You can control the placement of the pages on the
sheet and the number of pages to be printed on each sheet.
layup definition file
A file stored in a directory defined by DCPS$LAYUP, which you may include
with your print job to specify page layup.
logical page
An indivisible image to be printed.

Glossary–5

network printer
A printer that is accessible from multiple nodes in the same network.
network printing
A configuration of printers on a network that allows several users to share a
printer and to access it from network nodes such as PCs and host systems.
NIC
Network Interface Card. A hardware device for connecting a printer to a
network. It may be built into a printer or added later as an option. The NIC
contains firmware that implements various network protocols such as raw
TCP/IP, AppleTalk and LAT. The protocols offered by the NIC depend on its
particular features and how it is configured.
number-up
Printing multiple pages on one side of a sheet of paper.
OpenVMS Alpha
The OpenVMS operating system that runs on HP’s Alpha systems.
OpenVMS I64
The OpenVMS operating system that runs on HP’s Integrity servers.
OpenVMS VAX
The OpenVMS operating system that runs on HP’s VAX systems.
page
A page of data. See also logical page.
page spot
The area on a sheet where a page can be printed. /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_
UP and /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=GRID are used to define the
number of page spots on a sheet.
PATHWORKS
A collection of software products that provide communication, shared resources,
and centralized management of PCs from a host system, such as OpenVMS.

Glossary–6

PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (V5 Family)
The PATHWORKS software product that runs on the OpenVMS Alpha or VAX
server node to provide central management of network-wide resources and
communications for Windows systems. This product has been replaced by
Advanced Server for OpenVMS and PATHWORKS (Advanced Server).
PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh)
The PATHWORKS software product that provides OpenVMS server software
for PATHWORKS for Macintosh configurations. This software includes the
AppleTalk network protocol so that an OpenVMS system can be part of an
AppleTalk network. This product has been retired and is no longer supported.
PC
A personal computer that runs either the Windows or DOS operating system.
PCL file
A file that contains data stored in the HP PCL (Page Control Language) data
type. The DECprint Supervisor includes translator software to translate PCL4
files generated for printing on HP’s LaserJet IID printer to PostScript for
printing on PostScript printers.
point
A unit of measurement in printing, where 72 points equal 1 inch.
portrait orientation
Paper orientation in which the text is read parallel to the short side of the
paper.
positional qualifier
A qualifier that affects a single part of a command line, for example, one file in
a print job. See also command qualifier.
PostScript file
A file in PostScript language, which is designed to convey a description of the
desired page to the printer and may include a combination of text, graphics,
and bitmap images.
PostScript printer
A printer designed to print files in PostScript format.

Glossary–7

print engine
The internal engine in the printing device.
print job
A print request of one or more files and associated print requirements.
print queue
The queue in which a print job waits to be printed.
print server
A hardware device for connecting a printer to a network, usually attached to
the printer’s parallel port. The protocols offered by the print server depend
on its particular features and how it is configured, but usually include raw
TCP/IP and AppleTalk, and sometimes LAT.
PrintServer Software
The software for managing DIGITAL PrintServer printers.
PrintServer software remote console
The PrintServer software that allows the printer to be managed from the
supporting host.
print symbiont
The software that processes the user’s print request, arranges to have data
translated, if required, sends the data to the printer, and reports messages
from the printer.
printer
The printing device.
Proprinter file
A file created for printing on IBM Proprinter devices.
raw TCP/IP
A network protocol that utilizes the TCP/IP protocol directly without any
additional interpretation of the TCP data stream. It is supported by many
printer Network Interface Cards (NICs), print servers, and terminal servers.

Glossary–8

recto page
An odd-numbered page in a book. In an open book, the recto page is always on
the right. For example, page 1 is always a recto page. For a single sheet, the
recto page is always the page on the front of the sheet. Compare with verso
page.
ReGIS file
A file containing graphics data in DIGITAL ReGIS data format.
serial printer
A printer that is connected to the system by serial communications.
server node
The host system for managing shared resources in a network configuration.
setup module
A file in a device control library that is sent to the printer before the files in
the print job.
shared network printers
Printers on the network that are accessible from more than one computer (this
includes PCs and time-sharing systems).
sheet
A physical piece of paper.
simplex printing
Printing on one side of each sheet of paper.
soft font
PostScript font families that emulate the physical font cartridges used in
DIGITAL LN03 and DEClaser printers. See also font cartridge.
SPD
Software Product Description. This document is supplied with HP’s software
media and documentation kits to describe the supported configurations and
required products for running the software.
TCP/IP
The Internet Transmission Control Protocol.

Glossary–9

Tektronix 4010/4014 file
A data file created by Tektronix 4010 and 4014 systems.
trailer page
An optional print job page that follows each file printed. The trailer page is
often printed even if the print job fails, and contains messages to the user
explaining the reason for the print error.
translator
A program that changes the data syntax of the user’s file to a form that can be
output to the printer.
tumble printing
A printing method in which the space left for binding or hole-punching
alternates along the two short edges of a sheet. Right-hand pages are printed
on the first side of a sheet, so blank left-hand pages are inserted where
necessary.
usable area
The area on the page where data may be printed. When a page is scaled
(enlarged or shrunk), it is scaled to fit within the usable area, but the aspect
ratio (ratio of height to width) is preserved. If this leaves extra space on the
edge of the page, the page is centered in the usable area.
verso page
An even-numbered page in a book. In an open book, the verso page is always
on the left. For example, page 2 is always a verso page. For a single sheet, the
verso page is always the page on the back of the sheet. Compare with recto
page.

Glossary–10

Index
A
/AFTER qualifier, 2–2, B–3
/ALL_JOBS qualifier, 2–4
ALTERNATE layup option, 11–3
ANSI escape sequences, 5–5
ANSI files, printing, 5–1
ANSI printers, emulating, 5–1
ANSI qualifiers, 5–1

B
/BACKUP qualifier, B–3
/BEFORE qualifier, B–4
BORDERS layup option, 11–4
/BRIEF qualifier, 2–2, 2–4
/BURST qualifier, 14–1, B–4
/BY_JOB_STATUS qualifier, 2–3, 2–4
/BY_OWNER qualifier, B–4

C
Character encoding
Adobe standard, E–1
DECMCS, E–1
font metrics files, E–1
fonts, E–1
ISO Latin-1, E–1
using ISO Latin-1 or DECMCS, E–2
/CHARACTERISTICS qualifier, B–5
/CONFIRM qualifier, B–5
Copies, specifying, 1–4

/COPIES qualifier, 1–4, B–5
/CREATED qualifier, B–6

D
DATA_TYPE parameter, 7–1, 7–7, 8–1, 8–2,
13–3
DCPS$DEFAULT form, 12–4
DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB library, 13–1
DDIF image files, 6–1
DECcolorwriter 1000 setup modules, 13–5
DECimage
enabling, 13–3
enhancing resolution, 13–4
setup modules, 13–3
Default form, 12–4
DEFINE /FORM command, 12–2
DELETE /ENTRY command, 2–4
/DELETE qualifier, B–6
Device control library
error handler, 16–1
Double-spaced printing, B–14
Duplex printing
specifying with ANSI escape sequences,
5–5
Duplex printing, specifying, 1–2, 10–1

E
Envelope feeder, specifying, 3–4
ENVELOPE_FEEDER keyword, 3–4
Error handler, 16–1
example, 16–2
including in program, 16–1
output, 16–3, 16–4

Index–1

Error handler (cont’d)
PostScript environment, 16–1
Error messages, A–1
layup definition, A–41 to A–42
Error notification, for layup definition errors,
11–16
Euro symbol
printing, 5–6
/EXCLUDE qualifier, B–6
Exit operator, with error handler, 16–1
/EXPIRED qualifier, B–7

F
/FEED qualifier, B–7
File burst pages, specifying, 14–1
File flag pages, specifying, 14–1
File formats
binary, 1–8
fixed, 1–8
indexed, 1–8
relative, 1–8
stream, 1–8
undefined, 1–8
variable length, 1–8
File separation pages
specifying, 14–1
/FILES qualifier, 2–3, 2–4
File trailer pages, specifying, 14–1
FIRSTPAGE layup option, 11–7
First page spot, setting, 11–7
Flag page, B–7
/FLAG qualifier, 14–1, B–7
Font cartridges, emulating, 5–3
Font metrics files, additional character
encodings, E–1
FONTS_USED keyword, 5–2, 5–3
Form definitions, 12–1
displaying the attributes of, 12–2
invoking setup modules with, 12–3
listing, 12–1
specifying paper stock with, 12–3
with ANSI files, 5–2, 12–2
Form defintions
default, 12–4

Index–2

Form feeds, suppressing, 5–2
/FORM qualifier, 2–4, 5–2, 12–1, B–7
Front panel mode, PCL translator, 7–5
/FULL qualifier, 2–3, 2–4

G
GRID layup option, 11–9

H
Header information
inserting, 5–2
suppressing, 5–2
/HEADER qualifier, 5–2, B–8
Headers, B–8
HELP PRINT_PARAMETER command,
17–3
/HOLD qualifier, 2–2, B–8
Host software error handler, 16–1

I
/IDENTIFY qualifier, B–8
Image interpreter for PrintServer printers,
6–1
Image printing, 6–1
Input trays
selecting, 3–1
specifying for PCL print jobs, 7–8
specifying for Proprinter print jobs, 8–11
specifying with PostScript operators, 5–4
INPUT_TRAY parameter, 3–1
ISO Latin1 encoding, E–2
for third-party printers, E–4

J
Job log page, 17–1
Job separation pages
not controlled by user, 14–1
/JOB_COUNT qualifier, 1–4, B–8

L
Landscape and duplex printing, 10–3
Landscape and tumble printing, 10–5
Landscape orientation, specifying, 1–3
Layup
error messages, A–41 to A–42
Layup definition file, 8–9
creating, 11–14
error notification, 11–16
examples of, 11–15
including in print jobs, 11–1
Layup options
ALTERNATE, 11–3
BORDERS, 11–4
FIRSTPAGE, 11–7
GRID, 11–9
MARGINS, 11–10
PAGEORDER, 11–12
PAGESPERSHEET, 11–14
specifying, 11–1
LAYUP_DEFINITION parameter, 11–1
/LENGTH qualifier, 12–2
LIBRARY /EXTRACT command, 13–2
LIBRARY /LIST command, 13–1
List data type, 9–1
List numbering tool, 9–1
Log file, 17–1
/LOWERCASE qualifier, B–9
LPS$STATUSDICT.PS file, 4–4

M
Macintosh systems
problems with files, 17–3
Macros, including in PCL print jobs, 7–10
Manual feed, selecting, 3–4
MANUAL_FEED keyword, 3–4
/MARGIN qualifier, 12–2
Margins
suppressing, 5–2
Margins, alternating, 11–3

MARGINS layup option, 11–10
Media
selecting, 10–6
specifying, 3–2
MEDIA_TYPE parameter, 3–2, 3–3
Messages
descriptions, A–3 to A–41
facility code, A–1
format, A–2
interpreting, 17–2
layup definition error, A–41 to A–42
obtaining, B–10
operator, A–1
PRINT /NOTIFY command, A–1
receiving, 17–1
severity level of, A–2
system, A–1
MESSAGES parameter, 17–1
/MODIFIED qualifier, B–9
Multiple copies, B–5, B–8
printing, 1–4
with PAGE_LIMIT parameter, 10–12
Multiple files, printing, 1–4
Multiple PostScript files with SIDES
parameter, 10–6

N
/NAME qualifier, B–9
Native PCL
restrictions to print parameters, 7–5
Native PCL mode
using, 7–2
/NOFEED qualifier, 5–2
/NOTE qualifier, B–9
/NOTIFY qualifier, 17–1, B–10
/[NO]TRUNCATE qualifier, 12–2
/[NO]WRAP qualifier, 12–2
NUMBER_UP parameter, 1–5, 10–7
with input tray selection operators, 10–7
with multiple files, 10–11
with page orientation, 10–9

Index–3

O
ONE_SIDED_DUPLEX keyword, 10–2
ONE_SIDED_SIMPLEX keyword, 10–2
ONE_SIDED_TUMBLE keyword, 10–2
Operator intervention, B–10
/OPERATOR qualifier, B–10
Orientation, specifying, 1–3
Output tray, manual selection, 3–5
Output trays, selecting, 3–5
OUTPUT_TRAY parameter, 3–5

P
Page grid, setting, 11–9
Page order, setting, 11–12
PAGEORDER layup option, 11–12
Page protection, 18–6
Page sizes
changing, 10–14
specifying, 10–13
specifying for PCL print jobs, 7–4
specifying for Proprinter print jobs, 8–10
PAGESPERSHEET layup option, 11–14
/PAGES qualifier, B–10
PAGE_LIMIT parameter, 1–7, 10–11
with duplex print jobs, 10–13
with multiple copies, 10–12
PAGE_ORIENTATION parameter, 1–3
/PAGE_SETUP qualifier, 12–2
PAGE_SIZE parameter, 3–2, 7–4, 10–13
Parameters
order of defaulting, C–3
specifying, C–1
syntax, C–3
/PARAMETERS qualifier, B–10
/PASSALL qualifier, 5–2, B–11
PCL files
avoiding problems with PJL and TBCP,
7–10
including fonts, 7–10
including macros, 7–10
native PCL mode, 7–13

Index–4

PCL files (cont’d)
native PCL printing and Automatic
DATA_TYPE detection, 7–12
native PCL restrictions, 7–5
page sizes, 7–4
PC driver settings, 7–10
PJL and TBCP, description of, 7–11
preventing problems with DCPS, 7–11
preventing problems with PostScript,
7–11
printing, 7–1
problems with, 7–11
using setup modules, 7–9
PCL translator
front panel mode, 7–5
modifying, 7–3
PCs
problems with files, 17–3
Portrait and tumble printing, 10–3
Portrait orientation, specifying, 1–3
Positional qualifiers
/COPIES, B–5
/FEED, B–7
/PASSALL, B–11
PostScript errors, 17–2
PostScript extension operator, 4–3
PostScript files
printer-independent, 4–3
printer-specific, 4–3
printing, 4–1
printing multiple, 10–6
PostScript operators
for changing trays, 5–4
suppressing, 4–4
Printable area, changing for Proprinter print
jobs, 8–6
PRINT command
/NOTIFY qualifier, A–1
parameters, C–1
/PARAMETERS qualifier, C–1
syntax, C–3
PRINT command qualifiers, B–1
Printer PCL mode, 7–2

Printer-specific information, 18–1
Print file, deleting, B–6
Printing
forms, B–7
multiple copies, B–5
Printing problems
solving, 17–1
Print jobs
aborting, 2–2
deleting, 2–4
displaying, 2–1
double-spaced, B–14
duplex with PAGE_LIMIT parameter,
10–13
finding status, 2–2
holding, 2–2, B–3, B–8
listing, 2–1, 2–3
modifying, 2–5
naming, B–9
pending, 2–2
printing, 2–2
priority, B–11
punching, 15–1
releasing, 2–5
remote system, B–11
restarting, 10–12, B–12
retained, 2–2
retaining, B–12
stalled, 2–2
stapling, 15–2
submitting for another user, B–14
PRINT parameters
list of, C–1
order of defaulting, C–3
specifying, C–1
PrintServer image interpreter, 6–1
PrintServer printers
problems, 17–3
/PRIORITY qualifier, B–11
Problems, solving, 17–1
Program listings, printing, 9–1
Proprinter files, printing, 8–1, 8–6
PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE.LUP file, 8–9

Proprinter print jobs
including soft fonts in, 8–11
specifying input trays for, 8–11
specifying page sizes for, 8–10
Proprinter setup modules, 8–12
Proprinter translator, modifying, 8–2
PS_SUPPLEMENT file, 4–4
Punching output, 15–1
PUNCH parameter, 15–1

Q
Qualifiers
/PARAMETERS, C–1
Queue
specifying, B–11
Queue default
forms, 12–4
/QUEUE qualifier, B–11
Queues, displaying, 2–3

R
Range of pages, printing, 1–7, 10–11
/RELEASE qualifier, 2–2, 2–5
Remote printer, B–11
/REMOTE qualifier, B–11
/REQUEUE qualifier, 2–5
/RESTART qualifier, B–12
/RETAIN qualifier, B–12

S
Separation pages
displaying, 14–2
setbottomtray operator, 5–4
SET ENTRY command, 2–5
setenvelopefeedertray operator, 8–11
setlcittray operator, 5–5
setmanualfeedtray operator, 5–5
setpapertray operator, 5–4
settoptray operator, 5–4, 8–11
Setup modules
custom, 13–2
definition, 13–1

Index–5

Setup modules (cont’d)
displaying the contents of, 13–2
for DECimage, 13–3
for PCL print jobs, 7–9, 7–10
for Proprinter print jobs, 8–12
including, B–13
locating, 13–1
printing complex pages on DEClaser 5100,
18–6
used with form definitions, 12–3
using in print jobs, 13–1
/SETUP qualifier, 12–3, 13–1, B–13
Sheet margins, setting, 11–10
Sheet size
specifying, 10–6
SHEET_COUNT parameter, 1–5
SHEET_SIZE parameter, 3–2, 10–6, 10–13
SHOW ENTRY command, 2–1, 2–2
SHOW QUEUE /FORM command, 12–1
SHOW QUEUE command, 2–3
SIDES parameter, 1–2, 10–2
values, 10–1
with multiple PostScript files, 10–6
Simplex printing
specifying with ANSI escape sequences,
5–5
/SINCE qualifier, B–13
SoftFont kit, 5–3
Soft fonts
for PCL print jobs, 7–9
including in PCL print jobs, 7–10
including in Proprinter print jobs, 8–11
SoftFonts
for ANSI print jobs, D–1
specifying, 5–2
/SPACE qualifier, 5–2, B–14
Spacing, modifying, 5–2
Specifying
PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE
parameters, 10–14
STAPLE parameter, 15–2
Stapling output, 15–2
/STOCK qualifier, 12–3

Index–6

/SUMMARY qualifier, 2–4
System messages
See Messages

T
TAB keyword, 5–2
Tables, printing, 9–1
Tabs
modifying, 5–2
suppressing, 5–2
Text and PostScript files
printing, 4–1
Text files, printing, 9–1
Trailer pages, B–14
/TRAILER qualifier, 14–1, B–14
Tumble printing, specifying, 10–2
Two-sided printing, specifying, 1–2, 10–1
TWO_SIDED_DUPLEX keyword, 10–2
TWO_SIDED_SIMPLEX keyword, 10–2
TWO_SIDED_TUMBLE keyword, 10–2

U
/USER qualifier, B–14
/USER_NAME qualifier, 2–3

V
Vector encoding examples, E–2

W
/WIDTH qualifier, 12–2